Ma.Arch Academic Portfolio

Page 1

ACADEMIC PORTFOLIO II RACHEL LEATHERBARROW S0927212

2015-2017


NAV I G AT I N G T H E P O R T F O L I O E x p l a n a t o r y Te x t & D i a g r a m s

CURRENT COURSE

MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

Confluence Field Proposition

YEAR 1 COURSES

COURSE COMPONENTS

YEAR 2 COURSES

COURSE TITLE COURSE SUMMARY

LEARNING OUTCOMES

ARB GENERAL CRITERIA [PART II]

ARB GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES [PART II]

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

General criteria defined by the ARB Criteria

Criteria defined by the ARB Criteria

booklet. These are mapped by course, and

booklet. The appropriate criteria will

are highlighted when work presented

be highlighted when work on the page

corresponds to these requirements.

matches its specific requirements.

2.1

2.2

2.3

PAGE NUMBER

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7 page X


MODULAR PATHWAY : CHOSEN STUDIOS

ARB PRESCRIPTION OF QUALIFICATIONS GENERAL CRITERIA AT PART 2

GC1 Ability to create architectural designs that satisfy both aesthetic and technical requirements. The graduate will have the ability to:

GC7 Understanding of the methods of investigation and preparation of the brief for a design project. The graduate will have an understanding of:

.1 prepare and present building design projects of diverse scale, complexity, and type in a variety of contexts, using a range of media, and in response to a brief; .2 understand the constructional and structural systems, the environmental strategies and the regulatory requirements that apply to the design and construction of a comprehensive design project; .3 develop a conceptual and critical approach to architectural design that integrates and satisfies the aesthetic aspects of a building and the technical requirements of its construction and the needs of the user.

.1 the need to critically review precedents relevant to the function, organisation and technological strategy of design proposals; .2 the need to appraise and prepare building briefs of diverse scales and types, to define client and user requirements and their appropriateness to site and context; .3 the contributions of architects and co-professionals to the formulation of the brief, and the methods of investigation used in its preparation.

GC2 Adequate knowledge of the histories and theories of architecture and the related arts, technologies and human sciences. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 the cultural, social and intellectual histories, theories and technologies that influence the design of buildings; .2 the influence of history and theory on the spatial, social, and technological aspects of architecture; .3 the application of appropriate theoretical concepts to studio design projects, demonstrating a reflective and critical approach. GC3 Knowledge of the fine arts as an influence on the quality of architectural design. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 how the theories, practices and technologies of the arts influence architectural design; .2 the creative application of the fine arts and their relevance and impact on architecture; .3 the creative application of such work to studio design projects, in terms of their conceptualisation and representation. GC4 Adequate knowledge of urban design, planning and the skills involved in the planning process. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 theories of urban design and the planning of communities; .2 the influence of the design and development of cities, past and present on the contemporary built environment; .3 current planning policy and development control legislation, including social, environmental and economic aspects, and the relevance of these to design development. GC5 Understanding of the relationship between people and buildings, and between buildings and their environment, and the need to relate buildings and the spaces between them to human needs and scale. The graduate will have an understanding of: .1 the needs and aspirations of building users; .2 the impact of buildings on the environment, and the precepts of sustainable design; .3 the way in which buildings fit into their local context. GC6 Understanding of the profession of architecture and the role of the architect in society, in particular in preparing briefs that take account of social factors. The graduate will have an understanding of: .1 the nature of professionalism and the duties and responsibilities of architects to clients, building users, constructors, co-professionals and the wider society; .2 the role of the architect within the design team and construction industry, recognising the importance of current methods and trends in the construction of the built environment; .3 the potential impact of building projects on existing and proposed communities.

GC8 Understanding of the structural design, constructional and engineering problems associated with building design. The graduate will have an understanding of: .1 the investigation, critical appraisal and selection of alternative structural, constructional and material systems relevant to architectural design; .2 strategies for building construction, and ability to integrate knowledge of structural principles and construction techniques; .3 the physical properties and characteristics of building materials, components and systems, and the environmental impact of specification choices. GC9 Adequate knowledge of physical problems and technologies and the function of buildings so as to provide them with internal conditions of comfort and protection against the climate. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 principles associated with designing optimum visual, thermal and acoustic environments; .2 systems for environmental comfort realised within relevant precepts of sustainable design; .3 strategies for building services, and ability to integrate these in a design project. GC10 The necessary design skills to meet building users’ requirements within the constraints imposed by cost factors and building regulations. The graduate will have the skills to: .1 critically examine the financial factors implied in varying building types, constructional systems, and specification choices, and the impact of these on architectural design; .2 understand the cost control mechanisms which operate during the development of a project; .3 prepare designs that will meet building users’ requirements and comply with UK legislation, appropriate performance standards and health and safety requirements. GC11 Adequate knowledge of the industries, organisations, regulations and procedures involved in translating design concepts into buildings and integrating plans into overall planning. The graduate will have knowledge of: .1 the fundamental legal, professional and statutory responsibilities of the architect, and the organisations, regulations and procedures involved in the negotiation and approval of architectural designs, including land law, development control, building regulations and health and safety legislation; .2 the professional inter-relationships of individuals and organisations involved in procuring and delivering architectural projects, and how these are defined through contractual and organisational structures; .3 the basic management theories and business principles related to running both an architect’s practice and architectural projects, recognising current and emerging trends in the construction industry.

[ MArch I ] NORTH STUDIO IV: EARTH & OCEAN

[ MArch 2 ] THE BIG ROOF

GRADUATE ATTRIBUTES [ FOR PART 2 ] 1. Ability to generate complex design proposals showing understanding of current architectural issues, originality in the application of subject knowledge and, where appropriate, to test new hypotheses and speculations; 2. Ability to evaluate and apply a comprehensive range of visual, oral and written media to test, analyse, critically appraise and explain design proposals; 3. Ability to evaluate materials, processes and techniques that apply to complex architectural designs and building construction, and to integrate these into practicable design proposals; 4. Critical understanding of how knowledge is advanced through research to produce clear, logically argued and original written work relating to architectural culture, theory and design; 5. Understanding of the context of the architect and the construction industry, including the architect’s role in the processes of procurement and building production, and under legislation; 6. Problem solving skills, professional judgment, and ability to take the initiative and make appropriate decisions in complex and unpredictable circumstances 7. Ability to identify individual learning needs and understand the personal responsibility required to prepare for qualification as an architect.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

A c a d e m i c P o r t f o l i o I I i s o r g a n i s e d c h r o n o l o g i c a l l y, s p l i t i n t o t h e four respective semesters completed as part of the M.Arch Course.

Bodø Nord Axonometric

Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?

Architectural Technology - Generic Study

Biomorphic Facades Future or farce?

Marija Ambrasaite - Ben Wylie - Rachel Leatherbarrow 1

districts. This extends Bodø’s urban core whilst replacing the inefficient sprawl of industrial warehouses and isolated industries. The planned development structure operates across 3 scales; Macro, Meso and Micro, resulting in the detailing of four individual building proposals. The masterplan is responsive and flexible; considering and supporting incremental development over time as well as future expansion and adaption in response to socio-economic developments such as increasing population and a shifting of focus towards technological and research based employment within the city. Bodø’s waterfront masterplan will be integral to developing a sustainable, smart city with the required infrastructure to maintain Bodø’s esteemed reputation as the ‘Gateway to the North’.

[ Contextual Study ] Kinetic Roof Systems; An Exploration in Reflection and Refraction of Light

Architectural Technology Research - M.Arch 1 2015/16 -

1

Ben Wylie, Rachel Leatherbarrow & Marija Ambrasaite.

Studies in Contemporary Architectural Theory: Seminar diaries Reading [... Koolhaas] Rachel Leatherbarrow S0927212 MArch1_2016

[ Essay ]

SCAT

45

[ Articulation ]

44

M(Arch) 1 - 2015

[ Contextual Study ]

[ Generic Study ]

[ Proposition ]

[ Field ]

Dette utvider Bodø urbane kjerne mens erstatte ineffektive bre av industrielle lagerbygninger og isolerte bransjer. Den planlagte utbyggingen struktur opererer over 3 vekter; Makro, Meso og Micro, som resulterer i detaljering av fire individuelle byggeforslag. Masterplanen er lydhør og fleksibel; vurderer og støtter inkrementell utvikling over tid, samt fremtidig utvidelse og tilpasning som svar på samfunnsøkonomiske utviklingen som økende befolkning og en forskyvning av fokus mot teknologisk og forskningsbasert arbeid i byen. Bodø havne masterplan vil være en integrert del av å utvikle en bærekraftig, smart by med nødvendig infrastruktur for å opprettholde Bodøs aktet rykte som “Porten til Nord”.

[ Building Proposition ]

[ Masterplanning ]

SEMESTER 2 DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

- 67° North -

[ Diary ]

SEMESTER 1 DESIGN STUDIO C [ Confluence ]

YEAR 1 [ MArch I ]

C onst r uc t ion

D esig n

and

Management

C as e Study : The E d en Proj e c t 2 0 0 1 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners

1.

Fire And Rescue Service Access (Supplementary Annexe 14.1) states that because the building footprint is larger than 900m2, vehicle access would be required from more than one elevation for ladders and hydraulic platforms to be used, and to enable pumping appliances to supply water and equipment for fire-fighting and rescue activities. However due to the Eden project’s unusual setting in a former quarry, access from all elevations was not possible and instead pedestrian access for Fire and Rescue Service personnel was required, consisting of paved footpaths at least 900mm wide to all principal entrances of the building (Figure 1). This provides safe access for Fire and Rescue Service Personnel at low level without the need for access tunnels.

Figure 2: Cast Steel Nodes on Exterior Facade (Above)

Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance.

Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)

Giant vents are used to draw in cool air for ETFE cushions located externally at ground level for easy access, reducing the need to work at height.

Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the Humid Tropics Biome

All fire and emergency systems and devices are located at low level throughout the biome, allowing easy access for maintenance and cleaning. The regulations state that fire escape signs should be mounted above doors and at a height of between 2m and 2.5m from floor level. Signs on doors and walls should be between 1.7 and 2m from floor level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project, most fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from floor level and mounted on large tyres to enable staff to easily position them around the routes of the biome as there are no walls or floors for signage to be practically fixed to. According to the regulations, escape lighting should be installed in all protected zones and in unprotected zones in all parts of the building with a storey height of more than 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have emergency lighting attached to the ceiling of the biomes due to difficulty of testing and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a pedestrian level beneath the canopy of the vegetation, low level emergency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for maintenance workers.

YEAR 2 [ MArch II ]

SEMESTER 1 DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass point and low level, portable fire escape signage

Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place

Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting located around all meandering routes of the biomes

Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Co- ordinator: Rachel

Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access scaffolding and abseilers

Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1

Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting

Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.

Response Team: Oliver & Richard

Day 2

Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome and its vegetation in the case of a false activation

[ Drawing ]

Contract Navigators : Nikoletta & Zoe

[ Exam ]

[ Essays ]

[ Contract Game ]

[ Re-calibrating ]

[ Assembling ]

[ Studiolo]

Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.

Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement

Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heat detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction

Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of heat and smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1

According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire

Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 and its implications on the maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17

[ Thesis ]

DESIGN REPORT [ Re-Contextualization]

[ Developing elements ]

[ Deconstruction ]

SEMESTER 2 DESIGN STUDIO B

GENERAL CRITERIA

ATTRIBUTES

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONFLUENCE FIELD PROPOSITION

North Studio IV: Earth & Ocean 76 ° North Bodo - Norway

A study into making and placing architecture at the edge of the northern temperate zone. North, vast horizons, untouched wilderness, dramatic landscapes and seasonal change are the backdrop to this architectural journey. These are remote areas where civilization continues to encroach upon this beautiful yet fragile environment with contrast and contradiction. This programme will consider the complexities and challenges of this extreme environment. Through a series of Macro to micro investigations; reading the context of where you are in the world down to the plants at your feet. What is it like exist in these areas and what are the physical and poetic assets of the region? It suggests the blurred man, a metaphor for life’s tenuous existence, insignificant yet changing the land. [BREIF EXTRACT]

LO1 – The ability to develop and act on a productive conceptual framework both individually and in teams for an architectural project or proposition, based on a critical analysis of relevant issues.

LO2 – The ability to develop an architectural, spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns.

LO3 – A critical understanding of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (eg. verbal, drawing,

modelling,

photography,

film,

computer

and

workshop techniques), especially in relation to individual and group work.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7 5


DESIGN STUDIO C

MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONFLUENCE

Shifting Land Patterns

[JOHN MUIR WAY - EXPLORING THE EDGE] COLLABORATORS - KALLIOPO BOUZOUNIERAKI & NIKOLETTA MICHAEL

This initial short collaborative assignment investigated the newly created John Muir Way, a 134 mile path that stretches from the west to the east coast of Scotland, in particular ‘Section 8’, the section where the path arrives at the east coast, here on Edinburgh’s coastline.

Shifting Land Patterns

elbrugh

This investigation of the relationship between people and the environment

Shifting Land Patterns Shifting Land Patterns

called for an informed, emotive, sensitive and spirited architectural responses

Tracing Waves

that resonate, amplify and build on nature.

Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves

This coastal territory was mapped, modeled and the intricacies of the place illustrated, environmentally and culturally informing an architectural proposition that broke the line between land & sea and land & sky.

Shifting Land Patterns

Tracing Waves

Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh

Breaking the Horizon

Shifting Land

Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves

Reflections Sky scapeTracing Waves Tracingof Waves

Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash silent upon the crash noisy on retreatnoisy on retreat cold feet following coldthe feet shore following the shore Rowing feathers,Rowing warm feathers, stones warm stones painting the water painting the water elements crash elements crash Tracing silent on retreatsilent on Waves retreat Men on the shore Men on the shore Tracing Waves waiting for the miracle waiting for the miracle silent upon the crash to feed the sandto noisy feed on theretreat sand feetWaves following the shore to Trace Waves to cold Trace

2.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation

Rowingoffeathers, warm stones Reflections Sky scape painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves

Breaking the Horizon

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2. Tracing Waves

John Muir Way Thermal Baths

Reflections of SkyReflections scape of Sky scape

John Muir Way Thermal Baths

Reflections of Sky scape

ABOVE: T idal

2.

Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand Studies and sculpture installation tracing to Trace Waves

2.

Studies of water movement aroundApplying Musselbrugh Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh

2.

the profile of the landscape within tidal pools.

2.

2.

John Muir Way confluence Thermal Baths

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Applying

Breaking the Horizon

GENERAL CRITERIA

Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh

Mondrian’s Applying ‘veiwMondrian’s experience’‘veiw to theexperience’ tidal installation to the tidal installation

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean, 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘PierPiet and Mondrian,1915 Pier and PietOcean, Mondrian, 1915Pier and Ocean, 1915

Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier Piet Mondrian, and Ocean’, ‘Pier 1915 and Ocean’, 1915 Reflections of Sky scape

2.

2.

ATTRIBUTES

2.

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion. Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Low Tide

Low Tide

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

11.

page 6 The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,


noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore John Muir Way Thermal Baths Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crashTracing Waves silent on retreat Men on the shore Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash miracle MArchwaiting I for theDESIGN STUDIO C noisy on retreat to feed the sand cold feetWaves following the shore to Trace WavesTracing

Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Low Tide

Studies of water movement around Musselbrugh

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

Low Tide

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

silent upon the crash Rowing feathers, warm stones

noisy on the retreat painting water CONFLUENCE

cold feet following the shore elements crash Rowing silent onfeathers, retreat warm stones painting theshore water Men on the elements crash waiting for the miracle silent to feedontheretreat sand Men on the shore to Trace Waves waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves

High Tide Breaking the Horizon Relief of the Estuary Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Low Tide

High Tide

Tracing Waves

[JOHN MUIR WAY - EXPLORING THE EDGE]

Breaking the Horizon

Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Low Tide

We studied a particular section of the estuary, mapping through photographs, drawings, timelapse and written documentation the changes in atmospheres

High Tide

and conditions. The proposal developed from these studies as series of thermal baths carved into the landscape which filled to varying depths and

Reflectio Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the Rowing feathers, war painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracl to feed the sand to Trace Waves

Relief of the Estuary

Breaking the Horizon

2.

Relief of the Estuary

Reflections of Sky scape

temperatures through out the day in response to the tide movement. The

water movement around Musselbrugh

baths allow users to experience the ocean from different levels, gaining a

Shifting Land Patterns

High Tide

2.

deeper understanding and awareness of the tide.

Breaking the Horizon Relief of the Estuary

Reflections of Sky scape

2. Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation

Piet

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2.

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation

2.

Tracing the profile of Athur

Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

Breaking the Horizon

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ ratherof than scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing Reflections Skyascape The viewer places his feet on the pier standing front of thefigure drawing ‘view’ rather than and a scene, givingabsorbed the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhapsinthe human onand the experiences pier movesthe towards the ocean is being by oblivion. movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

Concept collage - Inverting the horizon

The viewer placesplaces his feet pierpier standing ininfront andexperiences experiences ‘view’ rather a scene, The viewer his on feetthe on the standing frontofofthe the drawing drawing and thethe ‘view’ rather than than a scene, giving giving the perspectival representation drawing qualities. Perhapsthethe human figure on pier the moves pier moves the perspectival representation drawingmovement movement qualities. Perhaps human figure on the 10. 10. The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing towards the ocean absorbed oblivion. towards the ocean isbeing being absorbed byby oblivion. movement qualities. Perhaps the human figureand onand theis pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

Applying Mondrian’s to the tidal installation, Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’‘veiw to theexperience’ tidal installation,

Diagrammatic section and plan of column installation

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

2.

Bluring of sea and sk

11.

11.

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

Bluring of landsca GROUND LEVEL

1:100

11.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal insta

12.

9.

8.

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2. Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature GROUND LEVEL

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

1:100

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

Bluring of landscape and skyscape 13.

12.

9.

8.

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

Bluring of landscape and skyscape

GROUND LEVEL

1:100

13.

12.

9.

8.

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

GENERAL CRITERIA

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

ATTRIBUTES

Bluring of landscape and skyscape 13.

BELOW GROUND

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

8.

9.

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

12.

GROUND LEVEL

2.1 GROUND LEVEL

1:100

1:100

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

1:100

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

BELOW GROUND

1:100

page 7

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal install


Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2.

MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

CONFLUENCE Low Tide

Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Low Tide

Tracing Waves Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand Breaking the Horizon to Trace Waves

High Tide

Relief of the Estuary

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

Tracing Waves

Tracing Waves

Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves

Tracing Waves silent upon the crash noisy on retreat cold feet following the shore Rowing feathers, warm stones painting the water Low Tide elements crash silent on retreat Men on the shore waiting for the miracle to feed the sand to Trace Waves

Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Panorama looking towards Edinburgh

Low Tide

DESIGN REPORT

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the dra movement qualities. Perhaps the human fi

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing giving the perspectival representation draw towards the oc

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion. High Tide High Tide

High Tide Breaking the Horizon

Reflections of Sky scape

Relief of the Estuary Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

Relief of the Estuary

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves Reflections of Sky scape 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion. The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing

Breaking the Horizon

2.

Breaking the Horizon

Reflections of Sky scape

movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. 2. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

2. 11.

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat 11. Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

Piet

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation

Reflections of Sky scape

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2.

Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2. 2.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation Piet Mondrian, PierOcean’, and Ocean,1915 1915 Piet Mondrian, ‘Pier and

2.

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

GROUND LEVEL GROUND LEVEL 1:100 GROUND LEVEL

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

1:100

11.

1:100

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

11.

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

Tracing the profile of Athurs Seat

wer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

wer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, g the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves 10. towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

11.

Rubbings - A journey Rubbings from highway - A journey to the from waters highway edge to the waters edge

Rubbings - Along the Rubbings journey-from Along highway the journey to thefrom waters highway edge to the waters edge

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

ABOVE: T idal mapping and studies Rubbings - A journey from highway Texture to the waters edge

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

14. Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

Bluring of landscape and skyscape

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. Perhaps the human figure on the pier moves towards the ocean and is being absorbed by oblivion.

Rubbings - A journey from highwayBluring to theofwaters edge landscape 13.and skyscape

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

8. 8. Applying Mondrian’s ‘veiw experience’ to the tidal installation,

The viewer places his feet on the pier standing in front of the drawing and experiences the ‘view’ rather than a scene, Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge giving the perspectival representation drawing movement qualities. PerhapsGROUND the human figure on the pier moves 10. LEVEL 1:100 towards the ocean and is being absorbed13. by oblivion.

12.

9.

14.

12.

9.

12.

14.

Bluring of landscape and skyscape GROUND LEVEL

1:100

GROUND LEVEL

1:100

13.

12.

12.

9.

11.

Athurs Seat

BELOW GROUND

1:100

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

Bluring of landscape and skyscape

BELOW GROUND 14.

1:100

13.

8.

12.

GROUND LEVEL

13.

12.

9.

1:100

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention and nature

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

14. journey from highway to the waters edge Rubbings - Along the

Bluring of landscape and skyscape

8.

8.

9.

9.

BELOW GROUND

1:100

Rubbings - A journey from highway to the waters edge

Rubbings - Along the journey from highway to the waters edge

Bluring of landscape and skyscape

3. 12.

Bluring of sea and sky - intervention GROUND LEVEL

GROUND 1:100 LEVEL 1:100 Bluring of landscape and skyscape

13.

13.

12.

3. GROUND LEVEL

1:100

BELOW GROUND

1:100

BELOW GROUND

GROUND LEVEL

1:100

BELOW GROUND

1:100

3. GROUND LEVEL

GROUND LEVEL

1:100

GROUND LEVEL

1:100

3. GROUND LEVEL

1:100

GROUND LEVEL

1:100

1:100

ABOVE: Reflections studies and maquette tests carried out on site BELOW GROUND

BELOW GROUND

nd sky - intervention and nature

BELOW GROUND

BELOW 1:100 GROUND

1:100

1:100

BELOW GROUND

1:100

BELOW GROUND

1:100

BELOW GROUND

1:100

14.

ndscape and skyscape BELOW GROUND

13.

1:100

3.

BELOW GROUND

GENERAL CRITERIA

BELOW GROUND

1:100

ATTRIBUTES 1:100

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

3.

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7 page 8

1:100

1:100


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONFLUENCE

TIDAL BATHS PERSPECTIVE [ AT HIGH TIDE ] The lightweight aluminium canopy and reflective mullions are the only visible elements of the building at high tide, angled to reflect both sea and sky to the viewer simultaneous

SECTIONAL MAQUETTES 1: 200

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7 page 9


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONFLUENCE

PROPOSITION - Tidal Thermal Baths [ ABOVE Section BELOW Plan ]

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 10


DESIGN STUDIO C

MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

Land Upli in the West of Norway following the collision of tectonic plates during the Tertiary and Quartenery Period. Ice Flows during the Ice Age (approx 65 thousand years ago) carved Norway’s distinctive coastline.

01 / Marina

02 / Litle Hjartøya View

03 / Bodø View

A

F

F

A

F

A

B

B

B

04 02 03

E

E

06 Navaren, Landegode - 16.50

C

C

C

E

05

01

D

04 / Far Islands View

D

05 / Jernbanestasjon

A

km

D

06 / Storgata

A

rva ise Ke

Horizon at 10.75m above sea level {First floor height}

A

n at 7.75m

above

en

- 5.38

km

- 9.93 km

sea level

- 9.93 km

B

B

F

F

F

Horizo

rd

B

E

02

03

04

05

06

xx

D

D

C

E

C

C

E

01

D

{Marina, Bodø}

{Litle Hjartøya View, Burøya}

67.2818906, 14.3694359

{Bodø View, Burøya}

67.2881194, 14.3680655

67.287668, 14.3722471

{Far Islands View, Burøya} 67.2909848, 14.3784267

{Jernbanestasjon, Bodø} 67.2863962, 14.38921

{Storgata, Bodø}

67.2861461, 14.3988437

{Storgata, Bodø}

Caledonian Mountain Chain Formation

Formation of Norway’s Mineral Resources

FROM RURAL TO URBAN STUDIO COLLABORATION

Extracts from North Studio’s collaborative book documenting impressions of Bodo and the cultural, geographical and environmental impacts of the rapidly growing city. From research into the transportation to green spaces in the city, the studies indicate the significance of landscape and climate to urban life in Norway.

Cultural Heritage Sites 1:12,500

City Centre Changing Coastline 1816-2015 (not to scale)

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 11


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

[ FIELD - BODØ 67o - NORWAY ] COLLABORATORS - BEN WYLIE THOMAS WADDINGTON & FAITHWOOD Bodø is a town and a municipality in Nordland county, Norway. It is part of the traditional region of Salten and it is the capital of Nordland county. The administrative centre of the municipality is the town of Bodø. Other villages in Bodø include Misvær, Skjerstad, Saltstraumen, Løding, Løpsmarka, Kjerringøy, Sørvær, and Fenes. Bodø, located just north of the Arctic Circle, is the largest urban area and city in Nordland county, and the second-largest In North Norway.

- 67° North -

At 67 degrees North, within the Arctic Circle, Bodø is a resilient and naturally beautiful industrial city founded by its strategic location as a trade centre. Bodø is Northern Norway’s second largest and fastest growing city with a population of 50,000 that is expected to increase to 70,000 by 2030. Located on an unsheltered peninsula in the Norwegian Sea, Bodø is one of Norway’s windiest cities. However, despite its location just north of the Arctic Circle, Bodø features a relatively mild oceanic climate due to the Gulf Stream. With its latitude of 67 degrees, between 2 June and 10 July the midnight sun watches over the city and from early December to early January, the sun does not rise over the tops of the mountains to the South of Bodø.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

Bodø

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 12


- 67° North -

MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

INDUSTRY IN BODO Since it was founded in 1816 as a trade centre, the city 27turned its hand to fishing in 1860 during an especially lucrative herring boom. Since then commercial fishing has dominated industry in Bodø. Smallscale fisheries have been superseded by large international companies and resulted in a change in Bodø’s relationship with the water’s edge, transforming from an organic relationship of piers and inlets to vast concrete docks scaled to suit the purse seiners, pelagic trawlers and titanic cargo ships.

Unable to compete with the competitive prices of unprocessed stock that the eastern European markets can offer, Norway is increasingly looking for means of diversification for its fishing industry

ABOVE: A study of industry typologies surrounding the waterfront

Bodø is at the forfront of this diversification, utilising a large majority of its catch for the production of herring oil and fish meal, which can be processed as bio-fuel, animal feed, supplements and plasticizers, to name but a few. In addition to establishing an extensive logistics and power network, the fishing industry has also attracted associated expertise such

Exports from Bodø of Atlantic herring, salmon and shellfish are thriving, with global demand increasing and annual fishing quotas regularly exceeded before the fishing season is over. However, the market is becoming increasingly flooded by the Russian fishing industry as a result of global warming opening up new fishing grounds, further north in Russian territories.

asadvanced fish finding technologies; GPS satellite, navigation and sonar companies. As well as the many fish related companies within Bodø, numerous manufacture and construction companies have populated the waters edge, reclaiming land at a vast rate, resulting in a reduction of the size of the bay and cutting the waterfront off from public access

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 13


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

- 67° North -

FIELD

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

29 11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 14


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

[ BOAT TYPOLOGIES & LOCATIONS ] Study of Bodo’s land edge

Boat Typologies & Locations

Boat Typologi

1:500

Boat Typologi

Boat Typologies & Locations

1:500

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 15


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

- 67° North -

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

Analysis of industry processes and shipping routes.

- Bodø, Norway -

- 67° North -

- 67° North -

32

33

30

33

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 16 30

31


DESIGN STUDIO C

MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

1.Proposed transport network

2. Proposed Green Zones and canal network

3. Proposed Zoning

AGENDA The

The strategic vision of Bodø as a compact smart city is

expansion. Separation of industry and commerce lines allows

allow for the introduction of new mixed-use, residential

a shifting of focus towards technological and research based

addresses the city’s sprawling industrial development and

proposed

masterplanning

of

Bodø’s

waterfront

realised through the rationalisation of a disparate range

freight traffic to bypass the newly extended urban core which

and office districts. This extends Bodø’s urban core whilst

employment within the city.

disconnected transport infrastructure, re-envisioning

of existing commercial and industrial activities around the bay

is served exclusively by a citywide public Light Rail Transport

replacing the inefficient sprawl of industrial warehouses and

future Bodø as a cohesive ‘Smart City’ with a focus on

which have been categorised into fives groups; commercial

(LRT) network.

isolated industries. The planned development structure

Bodø’s waterfront masterplan will be integral to developing

research innovation and technological development.

fisheries, food processing, manufacture and construction,

operates across 3 scales; Macro, Meso and Micro, resulting

a sustainable, smart city with the required infrastructure to

in the detailing of four individual building proposals.

maintain Bodø’s esteemed reputation as the ‘Gateway to the

consultancy services and ICT. Relocating the Norland University Campus from the

The waterfront becomes an intrinsic part of the public realm with heavy industry relocated to the north-west side of Bodø’s

North’.

suburbs into the center of Bodø will enable collaboration

New rail routes, informed by historical routes, extend

peninsula, utilising the natural bays that the land edge offers

The masterplan is responsive and flexible; considering and

and knowledge sharing alongside both existing and newly

around the peninsula facilitating the efficient circulation of

as designated harbours for fishing industries and exports.

supporting incremental development over time as well

developing industries, facilitating the city’s evolution into an

freight and passenger locomotives around the harbour to

Lighter manufacturing and construction industries will be

as future expansion and adaption in response to socio-

international center for research.

newly created landmark centers which will form the basis for

grouped, densified and set back from the waters edge to

economic developments such as increasing population and

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 17


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

WATERFRONT VILLAGE DEVELOPMENT: The waterfront becomes an intrinsic part of the public realm with heavy industry relocated to the north-west side of Bodø’s peninsula. Lighter manufacturing and

- Bodø, Norway -

- 67° North -

- 67° North -

construction industries will be grouped, densified and set back from the waters edge to allow for the introduction of new mixed-use, residential and office districts to cluster along the waterfront. A series of canals/ piers and shingle soften the edge encouraging engagement with the landscape.

Waterfront Village Development

83

Waterfront Village Development

83

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.1

10.1

11.1

9.2

10.2

11.2

9.3

10.3

11.3

Waterfront Village Development

2.1

Waterfront Village Development

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 18


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

[ CULTURAL QUARTER SITE ANALYSIS ]

Emerging as an intermediate phase of the masterplan, we have identified the north of the harbour as a critical area for detailed development it provides the interface between industry, research and leisure. Being introduced before the surrounding residential blocks have been formalised, it will provide the catalyst for development of the extended urban areas between the university campus and the industrial peninsula. The site is located on the north-west corner of the bay, at the pinch point between the cliff face, transport infrastructure and the waters edge. To address these conditions, the proposal cuts into the reclaimed land and extends the land edge parallel to the cliff face. Creating a south facing sheltered harbour orientated to addresses and to be addressed by the existing city. Served by the existing road network and the proposed LRT terminal, it is envisaged that the new harbour will act as a mixed use accessible waterfront. providing a venue for cultural and recreational activities that celebrate Bodø’s industry and histo§ry. A series of small-scale in-lets introduce water to a sequence of public squares that activate a variety of recreational, civic and industrial typologies. i. Guild Market

ii.Aquaculture Research Centre

iii.Maritime museum

iv. Public Innovation Centre

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 19


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

MASTPERPLAN - PROPOSED EDGE TREATMENT AND RE-;LOCATION OF INDUSTRY

- 67° North -

[ 1: 5000 MASTPERPLAN MODEL ]

52

[ 1: 5000 MASTPERPLAN MODEL ]

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 20


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

[ INITIAL BUILDING PROPOSALS ]

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 21


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 22


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

- 67° North -

- Bodø, Norway -

[ 1 :500 MASSING MODEL OF CULTURAL QUARTER ] 63

62

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 23


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

FIELD

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 24


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

GENERAL STUDY CONTEXTUAL STUDY

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH COMPLETED IN COLLABORATION WITH MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE

COURSE OVERVIEW The ambition and scale of most projects at the level of MArch is such that the technical issues are complex and not usually appropriate to standard or routine technique. The growing complexity of the construction process and changing technology suggest that the architect becomes a practitioner–researcher. There is growing need for a deeper relationship between practice and academia, particularly regarding research and its application in practice. The complexity of projects demands that research becomes an important aspect of the design process.

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

GENERAL STUDY Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?

Architectural Technology - Generic Study

Methods of building are continually changing. New materials; new processes; and new design tools create an environment where traditional paradigms may have less validity. Architectural programmes take place in a particular location, creating a new context. This sets up complex relationships situated in the links between methods of building, both contemporary and vernacular; materials; topography; climate; transportation; and industry.

[ Contextual Study ]

Biomorphic Facades Future or farce?

Kinetic Roof Systems; An Exploration in Reflection and Refraction of Light

This course is intended to accumulate various sets of information that are both contextual and responsive to contemporary technological issues. The module required research, collation, presentation and dissemination of technical and environmental topics that are appropriate to the scale of complex design projects.

Architectural Technology Research - M.Arch 1 2015/16 -

[Module Handbook]

Marija Ambrasaite - Ben Wylie - Rachel Leatherbarrow 1

LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 - An ability to appraise the technological and environmental conditions specific to issues in contemporary architecture, eg sustainable design. LO2 An ability to analyse and synthesise technological and environmental information pertinent to particular context (eg. users, environment).

1

Ben Wylie, Rachel Leatherbarrow & Marija Ambrasaite.

M(Arch) 1 - 2015

General Study: Biomorphic Facades Future or farce? Contextual Study: Kinetic Roof Systems; An Exploration in Reflection and Refraction of Light

LO3 An ability to organise, assimilate and present technological and environmental information in the broad context of architectural design to peer groups. LO4 An understanding of the potential impact of technological and environmental decisions of architectural design on a broader context.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 25


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

[ INTRODUCTION ] Humans have always looked to the forms of nature for architectural inspiration, however the concept of biomimicry as a potentially holistic design tool for efficiency and sustainability has only been around from the around middle of the 20th century 1. The ever popularising practice of applying naturally occurring design principles to our own built environment either in form, function, or a combination of both, is an ongoing and constantly developing field of research. The challenge we face is that the application of ‘biomimetic’ or ‘biomorphic’ design principals will not automatically produce good architecture. The following six case studies explore a range of buildings which inhabit a number of climates and are influenced by an array of natural phenomena. The use of biomorphism has been employed in each case as the primary design driver for the façade on each building in an effort to tackle a range of architectural objectives. Each project has been evaluated on its natural inspiration, design interpretation and resulting environmental performance in order to assess whether the biomorphic facades have attained their initial design objectives, and at what cost if any this has been achieved. [ EXTRACT ] [ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] Location: Yeosu-si, Jeollanam-do, South Korea Architect: SOMA Completion: 2012 Function: EXPO 2012 Pavilion/Exhibition Hall Climate Zone: Humid continental/subtropical climate Materials: Glass fibre-reinforced polymer (GFRP) Approach: Mechanical - Inspiration The pavilion facade is inspired by the biological mechanics and the way nature responds to the changing environmental conditions1. The kinetic outer skin responds to the direct sun light and prevailing wind directions by interpreting the natural movement principles found within the fish gill tissue which work

GENERAL STUDY as a biological filter that transfer ions and water. While stretching individual lamellas, which form a gill, it also separates carbon dioxide, acids and oxygen from the water. Fish exchange gases by pulling oxygen-rich water through their mouths and pumping it over their gills.2. - Interpretation The extensive climatic conditions analysis was carried out by using parametric design software Transsolar in order to optimise façade performance and reduce energy consumption.3 The kinetic façade was positioned to face prevailing wind directions and created opportunity for the passive ventilation which is achieved by opening lamellas.The giant architectural gill also filters the natural day light before it enters exhibition spaces. The biometic concept of a fish gill has been re-interpreted to facilitate the transfer of air and light within the building4.

The glass fibre reinforced polymer façade fins are e-coated resulting in the reduction in the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free8.

DESIGN REPORT

[ SAMPLE CHAPTERS 1,2,3 ]

ATR : Generic Study ATR : Generic Study

Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?

Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?

[ Chapter 1 - Aqua Tower ]

- Interpretation -

[ Chapter 1 - Aqua Tower ]

“An orgy of glass and concrete. It is a thermodynamic obscenity while it takes your breath away. An 82-story heat exchanger in the heart of Chicago”

Location: Chicago, USA Architect: Studio Gang Architects, Chicago Completion: 2010 Function: 82 Storey High rise - Mixed use, hotel, residential. Climate Zone: Humid Continental Materials: Reinforced Concrete, Steel, Glass Approach: Passive

(Lstiburek, 2012)

This ‘natural’ form was chosen for both aesthetic and practical qualities such as maximisation of solar shading and wind deflection. It also allowed for the inflection of balconies based on internal spaces, attaining sight lines within the dense viewing corridors between existing buildings (fig.5) 3. The interpretation of the inspiring biomorphic form is effectively a designed irregularity which claims to provide optimum function within each undulation (fig.6).

fig 5. Facade Concept

8

ATR : Generic Study

9

fig 6. Facade Development

12

fig 1. Aqua Tower, East Facade

ATR : Generic Study

Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?

13

Biomorphic Facades: Future or Farce?

[ Chapter 2 - M.G Gonzales Hospital ]

- Interpretation The biomimetic influence is ultimately on an interpretive operational and aesthetic level, rather than a direct attempt to copy. In order to apply the concept of small scale natural forms over such a large area, the concept required rationalising. The architects utilised a mathematical five fold quasicrystalline grid structure in order to achieve a comparable visual complexity of apparent randomness 2, as well as improving the catchment of light, pollution and winds from all directions 3.

- Performance The facade moves by elastically stretching individual fins that span up to 13 meters. Opening and closing lamellas reduce solar gain inside the building as well as controlling natural ventilation with lightly increased air flow. The ventilation efficiency is achieved by the space between two façades that form jet nozzles and increase wind speed5. The desired levels of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by adjusting the gap between louvres. Rather than adapting passively to the weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the computer bus-systems which allows the synchronisation of the individual louvres6. The four-computer operation consumes a maximum of 80 kilowatts which is equivalent to a incandescent bulb used continuously for 4.2 days7. The energy consumption is reduced by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of the mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position.

DESIGN STUDIO B

RE-CALIBRATING

GENERAL STUDY

BIOMORPHIC FACADES FUTURE OR FARCE?

AMPL

This ‘designed’ complexity is typically achieved through bespoke design and expense in the built environment 4 yet occurs naturally in organic growth. Here it was achieved in a modular manner by maximising efficiency of construction in economies of scale as in nature (fig.4). The façade is composed of only two modules, one X shaped and one I shaped (fig.5). The panels are lightweight thermoformed plastic shells covered in a superfine nano particle Titanium Dioxide powder coating (fig.6).

[ Chapter 2 - Manuel Gea Gonzales Hospital ] Location: Mexico City, Mexico Architect: Elegant Establishments Completion: 2013 Function: Ornamental Pollution Absorbing Hospital Facade Climate Zone: Subtropical Highland Materials: Prosolve 370e Thermoformed Panels, Nano Particle Titanium Dioxide Powder Coating Approach: Passive

fig 4. Innovative Tiling 16

17

fig 5. 1200 Series Double-Sided Modules

fig 1. Prosolve 370e Facade

20

fig 6. Prosolve 370e Modular Panel

21

MATERIALITY & FABRICATION ATR: Generic Study ATR: Generic Study

Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?

Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?

[ Chapter 3 -SAHMRI Research Institute ]

- Interpretation -

DESIGN TOOLS

[ Chapter 3 - SAHMRI Research Institute ]

MATERIALITY & scales in the form of aluminium hoods Woods & Bagot used Interpreting these MATERIALITY & FABRICATION parametric software to visually script and respond to local environmental conditions. FABRICATION MATERIALITY & This simulation enabled the exact size of sunshade required for each window to be FABRICATION

accurately calculated. However, limitations in Revit’s geometry required the thousands of customized hoods generated be rationalized to 25 shapes.4 The design was further divorced from its original driver by the application of a grasshopper blend solution; a gradient control mechanism used to create an even transition from deep to shallow hoods across the facade to create a more even aesthetic.5

Location: North Terrace, Adelaide SA, Australia Architect: Woods & Bagot Completion: 2013 Function: Health and medical research institute Climate zone: Mediterranean climate Materials: Glass, Steel, Aluminum Approach: Passive

North elevation

fig.5: Illustrating Revit rationalisation

North-west elevation

fig.6: Illustrating on-site welding

fig.8 Sketch geometry developed through Rhino setting out zoning principles

DESIGN TOOLS

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH - GENERIC STUDY

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH - GENERIC STUDY

North elevation North east

24

25

Fig. 1. SAHMRI elevation

fig.4: Illustrating grasshopper simulation

fig.7 Illustrating pre-fabricated panels

elevation

North-west North elevation west elevation

fig.9 Illustrating the parametric design process, to calculate shading parameters for each elevation

BIOMORPHIC FACADES

28

future of farce?

29

BIOMORPHIC FACADES future of farce?

MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW M(Arch) 1 - 2015

MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW M(Arch) 1 - 2015

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 26


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

GENERAL STUDY

[SAMPLE CHAPTERS 4,5,6]

[ CONCLUSION ]

ENVIROMENTAL PERFORMANCE

These case studies have shown that using biomorphism as a design approach has its limitations and does not automatically produce a good design. The fundamental approach of using architecture as a problem solving tool is often overwhelmed by the ambition to introduce an innovative nature-inspired design driver which is either heavily technology led or simply seeking to produce an organic aesthetic. Rather than initially designing a sustainable building the biomorphic facades of the case studies tend to work as a secondary outer skin. The attempt to replicate a biological feature in an architectural language through parametric design and in some cases mechanical systems turns against the passive approaches found in nature contradicting the functions in their original inspiration. As illustrated in the case studies, the biomorphic facades usually formed using synthetic and man-made materials which often require additional energy to produce and do not usually present as sustainable solution. Although most of these buildings have a strong ambition to interpret natural forms and processes, literal form mimicking too often lacks the translation of a form and function relationship. Despite the fact that modelling and simulation software are used during the design development for detailed form optimisation, it normally results in over-simplified solutions to facilitate efficient fabrication. This shows that construction methods and technologies are not yet developed to the level required of the design tools that restricts architects’ design ambitions. Nevertheless, this gives hope that further research into advanced construction methods and digital fabrication may be achieved in the future as our needs develop. When considered with technological development, this will allow a more accurate and efficient biomorphic architectural realisation. Through these case studies it becomes clear that inspiration from nature often goes hand in hand with an ambition to create an iconic façade. This can be prioritised over the creation of high quality interior spaces. As a result, we should not become purely scientific about design. There is surely no doubt that a biomimetic approach to architectural design may provide solutions for current and future architectural problems but the fact remains that we are merely

mimicking nature in our attempts, not creating a perfect copy.1

MEDIA - ICT BUILDING

ATR: Generic Study

[ SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY ] Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion 1. One Ocean – Thematic pavilion for EXPO 2012, 2012, Detail, [online] Available at: http://www.detailonline.com/article/one-ocean-thematic-pavilion-forexpo-2012-16339/ [Accessed on 30.10.15]

ATR: Generic Study

Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?

Location: Architect: Completion: Function: Climate:

Barcelona Spain Enric Ruiz Geli + Cloud 9 Architects 2011 Information and Communication technology hub Sub-tropical Mediterranean climate

Materials: Inspiration:

Glass + steel + ETFE Lungs + Cloud formations

- Performance -

ENVIROMENTAL

[ Chapter 4 - Media ICT Building ] Location: Barcelona, Spain Architect: Enrci Ruiz Geli + Cloud 9 Architects Completion: 2011 Function: Information and Communication Technology Hub Climate zone: Sub-tropical Mediterranean climate Materials: Glass, Steel, ETFE Approach: Mechanical

3. Yeosu Expo Pavilion, 2012, E-Architect, [online] Available at: http://www.e-architect.co.uk/korea/expoyeosu-pavilion [Accessed on 30.10.15] 4. One Ocean – Thematic pavilion for EXPO 2012, 2012, Detail, [online] Available at: http://www.detailonline.com/article/one-ocean-thematic-pavilion-forexpo-2012-16339/ [Accessed on 30.10.15] 5. Soma: one ocean thematic pavilion for yeosu expo 2012 complete, 2012, Design Boom, [online] Available at: http://www.designboom.com/architecture/somaone-oceanthematic-pavilion-for-yeosu-expo-2012complete/ [Accessed on 30.10.15]

Incorporating ETFE as a solar filter has facilitated savings of 20% on cooling costs.7 Efficiency is ensured through each cushion containing its own sensor and control circuit allowing solar and light transmission to be optimized locally.8 The light meter sensors which activate the ETFE skin depending PERFORMANCE on how much solar energy is available, automatically and autonomously activate inflation and deflation devices in the air chambers. The inherent qualities of ETFE as an impermeable membrane with no fixed form allow it to effectively mimic breathing processes and its translucent properties have been utilized to great effect though the application of fritting. However, a criticism of this project lies in the triangular form of the cushions, which arbitrarily follow the diagonal bracing on the façade (seemingly pattern of function).9 The perimeter/area ratio of the triangles and their relatively small size ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH results in a relatively high embodied energy of the façade. Opportunity lies in further explorations into form and a move away from a reliance on mechanical air inflation systems.

32

33

fig.14. Diagram illustrating sensor location within the ETFE cushions

38

fig.1: South West Elevation of Media ICT

39

fig 15: Interior veiw

BIOMORPHIC FACADES

BIOMORPHIC FACADES

future of farce?

future of farce?

MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW

MARIJA AMBRASAITE - BEN WYLIE - RACHEL LEATHERBARROW

M(Arch) 1 - 2015

M(Arch) 1 - 2015

ATR : Generic Study

fig.13. Diagram illustrating the computer distribution network

- GENERIC STUDY

ARCHITECTURAL TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH - GENERIC STUDY

2. Gill Tissue, 2010, Wikipedia, [online] Available at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gill [Accessed on 30.10.15]

fig.14 : Image of Opacity achieved using nitrogen gass

Biomorphic Façades: Future or Farce?

[ Chapter 4 - Media ICT Building ]

ATR : Generic Study

Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?

Façades: Future or Farce? Biomorphic Facades:

[ Chapter 5 - Al Bahar Towers ]

- Performance The façade consists of 2, 098 mashrabiyas driven by a linear actuator that will open and close the units during the day reducing the glare and solar gain inside the office spaces. The series of dynamic screens avoid the need for heavily treated glass, mechanical air conditioning and artificial lighting5. Although the biomorphic façade aimed to improve the views from the building, the massive structure supporting secondary skin creates obstructions. Designers claim that the amount of solar exposure is reduced by 20% and carbon dioxide by 40% a year6. Compared to the reflective glass, which reduces glare and solar gain by 30%, this kinetic secondary skin is not an efficient solution.

[ Chapter 5 - Al Bahar Towers ] Location: Abu Dhabi Architect: Aedas Completion: 2012 Function: Offices Climate Zone: Sub-tropical, arid Materials: PTFE Approach: Mechanical

The translucent umbrella-like units are made from PTFE which was chosen due to its durability, flexibility, resistance to heat and corrosion7. Each panel has its own sensors that allow them to function as an individual organisms in case the other units go out of order. The entire façade is protected by a variety of sensors which open the units in high speed winds and protect form damage. In order to reduce the running cost, the façade is powered by photovoltaic panels located on the roof of the towers8.

40

41

fig 8. Between Two Skins

fig 7. Biometic Facade Filters direct sunlight

fig 1. Al Bahar Tower

fig 9. Structure Supporting Facade

47

46

[ SELECT IMAGE REFERENCES ] Chapter 5 - Al Bahar Towers ATR : Generic Study

fig. 1: Al Bahar Tower Façade , 2012. World Architecture Festival. [online] Available at: http://www. outdoordesign.com.au/news-info/Dynamic-shadingdevice-for-Al-Bahr-Towers/1861.html [Accessed on: 18.10.13] fig. 3: Kinetic Solar Analysis, 2012. Aedas. [online] Available at: http://www.ctbuh.org/TallBuildings/ FeaturedTallBuildings/ AlBaharTowersAbuDhabi/ tabid/3845/language/en-US/Default.aspx [Accessed on: 18.10.13] fig. 4: Diagram by Author

ATR : Generic Study

Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?

Façades: Future or Farce? Biomorphic Facades:

[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]

- Inspiration -

[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] Location: Yeosu-si, Jeollanam-do, South Korea Architect: SOMA Completion: 2012 Function: EXPO 2012 Pavilion/Exhibition Hall Climate Zone: Humid continental/subtropical climate Materials: Glass fibre-reinforced polymer (GFRP) Approach: Mechanical

fig 1. Open facade during day

The pavilion facade is inspired by the biological mechanics and the way nature responds to the changing environmental conditions1. The kinetic outer skin responds to the direct sun light and prevailing wind directions by interpreting the natural movement principles found within the fish gill tissue which work as a biological filter that transfer ions and water. While stretching individual lamellas, which form a gill, it also separates carbon dioxide, acids and oxygen from the water. Fish exchange gases by pulling oxygen-rich water through their mouths and pumping it over their gills2.

fig 3. Gill Tissue

48

49

fig 2. Closed facade during night

50

51

fig 4. Individual Lamellas

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 27


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO ATR C : Generic Study ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

GENERAL STUDY

ATR : Generic Study

REPORT EXTRACT:

[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]

SC[R] AT

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

ATR : Generic Study

DESIGN REPORT

Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?

Façades: Future or Farce? Biomorphic Facades:

- Interpretation -

- Performance -

STUDIO G

Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce?

[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]

ATR : Generic Study

MArch II Farce?DESIGN Façades: Biomorphic Facades: Future or

extensive The facade moves by elastically stretchingThe individual finsclimatic that spanconditions up to 13 meters. analysis was carried by using Opening and closing lamellas reduce solar gain inside the buildingout as well as controlling design software Transsolar natural ventilation with lightly increased airparametric flow.] The ventilation efficiency is achieved byin [ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion 5 . The desired the space between two façades that form jet order nozzlestoand increase wind speed optimise façade performance and Interpretation 3 levels of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by energy adjustingconsumption the gap between louvres. . The kinetic reduce

[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ]

fig 6. Biomechani

- Performance -

façade was positioned to face prevailing

The extensive climatic Rather than adapting passively to theconditions weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the wind directions and created analysis was carried outthe by using computer bus-systems which allows synchronisation of the individual louvres6. The opportunity for the passive ventilation design software Transsolar in kilowatts four-computer parametric operation consumes a maximum of 80 which is equivalent to a order to optimise façade performance which and is achieved by opening lamellas. incandescent bulb used continuously for 34.2 days7. The energy consumption is reduced The kinetic reduce energy consumption . The giant architectural gill also by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of thefilters the façade was positioned to face prevailing ATR : Generic Study natural day light before it enters mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position. wind directions and created exhibition spaces. The biometic concept opportunity for the passive ventilation ATR : Generic Study The glass fibre which reinforced polymerbyfaçade fins are e-coated in the reduction of alamellas. fish gill hasresulting been re-interpreted to in is achieved opening the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to facilitate The giant architectural gill also filters thethe transfer of air and light with[ Chapter 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] 8 . last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free 4 natural day light before it enters in the building . exhibition spaces. The biometic concept [ Chapterto 6 - One Ocean Pavilion ] of a fish gill has been re-interpreted facilitate the transfer of air and light with- Interpretation in the building4.

The facade moves by elastically stretching individual fins that span up to 13 meters. Opening and closing lamellas reduce solar gain inside the building as well as controlling natural ventilation with lightly increased air flow. The ventilation efficiency is achieved by Biomorphic Facades: Façades: Future or Farce? the space between two façades that form jet nozzles and increase wind speed5. The desired levels Façades: Future Biomorphic Facades: or Farce?of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by adjusting the gap between louvres.

fig 6. Biomechanics interpretation

Rather than adapting passively to the weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the computer bus-systems which allows the synchronisation of the individual louvres6. The four-computer operation consumes a maximum of 80 kilowatts which is equivalent to a - Performance incandescent bulb used continuously for 4.2 days7. The energy consumption is reduced fig 5. Facade Prototype The extensive climatic conditions The facade moves by elastically stretching individual fins that span up to 13 meters. by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of the analysis was carried out by using Opening andsoftware closing lamellas parametric design Transsolar in reduce solar gain inside the building as well as controlling fig 6. Biomechanics interpretation mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position. order to optimise façade performance and fig 5. Facade Prototype

natural ventilation with lightly increased air flow. The ventilation efficiency is achieved by reduce energy consumption . The kinetic 5 fig. 8 increase & 9 Facade filters sunlight . The desired the space between façades that form jet nozzles and winddirect speed façade was positioned to two face prevailing and creates natural ventilation The glass fibre reinforced polymer façade fins are e-coated resulting in the reduction in wind directions and created levels of fresh air and daylight can be controlled by adjusting the gap between louvres. 3

opportunity for the passive ventilation which is achieved by opening lamellas. 54 The giant architectural gill also filters the Rather than adapting passively to the weather conditions, the façade is controlled by the natural day light before it enters 6 computer bus-systems exhibition spaces. The biometic which concept allows the synchronisation of the individual louvres . The of a fish gill has been re-interpreted to four-computer operation consumes a maximum of 80 kilowatts which is equivalent to 52 a facilitate the transfer of air and light with7 incandescent in the building4. bulb used continuously for 4.2 days . The energy consumption is reduced

the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to 55 last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free8. 52

fig. 10 Changing facade

53

53

fig 7. Different La fig 7. Different Lamellas’ positions

fig 5. Facade Prototype

by supplying power from the solar panels and recovering about one-third of the mechanical energy when louvres relax into the closed position. The glass fibre reinforced polymer façade fins are e-coated resulting in the reduction in the effect of solar radiation and allow longer life span. Engineers claim that it is design to last 25 years and the radial bearing mechanism is maintenance free8. 52

53

fig 7. Different Lamellas’ positions

fig. 8 & 9 Facade filters direct sunlight and creates natural ventilation

54

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1 fig. 8 & 9 Facade filters direct sunlight and creates natural ventilation

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

55

ATTRIBUTES

2.6

2.7

page 28


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

KINETIC ROOF SYSTEMS; AN EXPLORATION IN REFLECTION AND REFRACTION OF LIGHT CONTEXTUAL STUDY

[ ABSTRACT ]

A secondary line of investigation was into how these twisting structures could provide a visually stimulating adaptable solution to shading different zones within multi-functional spaces. The reports conclusions find that specific form and finish combinations, arising from the range of materials tested, provide optimal characteristic qualities in response to the specific demands of buildings at different latitudes. Through exploration of observed trends in material qualities associated with specific geographic locations, we are able to analyse the possible beneficial opportunities associated with scaling the examined principles into a real world application of such a roofing system.

[ INTRODUCTION ] The preceding generic study report; ‘‘Biomorphic Architecture; Future or Farce?’’, examined a range of completed buildings across a range of climates and typologies in which biomimicry and biomorphism had been employed as the primary design driver for the facade in form, function or a combination of the two. This design attitude was employed in an effort to tackle a range of architectural objectives. The six case studies were evaluated on their natural inspiration, design interpretation and resulting environmental performance in order to assess whether the biomorphic facades have attained their initial design objectives, and at what negative consequence if any this has been achieved. It was concluded that while there are

certainly gains to be had from biomorphic design principals, it is often the case that the integral form and function relationship which appears in the natural world is diluted or lost all together in the architect’s effort to re-interpret and rationalize a naturally occurring biological concept into an appropriate architectural language. Select case studies provided responsive, passive solar shading through a range of kinetic façade designs. Though successful to a degree, there was a general trend in which the complex support structures or shading mechanisms themselves created unavoidably harsh shadows within the interior environment. The effect of rationalizing natural forms into fabricated architecture often produced harsh geometries lacking the fluid form and material qualities of its inspiration. Light is perhaps one of the most decisive attributes of a building and while general lux comfort levels can be attributed to certain activities and settings, the psychology of light and shadows are inherently subjective to each individual user. The light quality of interior spaces within the biomorphic case study buildings seemed to be somewhat neglected despite the control of solar gain being the prime function of the facades design, for example in the SHAMRI Research Institute and the Al-Bahar Towers.

[ Introduction ]

[ Abstract ]

[ Hypothesis ] created unavoidably harsh shadows within the interior environment. The effect of rationalizing natural forms into fabricated architecture often produced harsh geometries lacking the fluid form and material qualities of its inspiration. Light is perhaps one of the most decisive attributes of a building and while general lux comfort levels can be attributed to certain activities and settings, the psychology of light and shadows are inherently subjective to each individual user. The light quality of interior spaces within the biomorphic case study buildings seemed to be somewhat neglected despite the control of solar gain being the prime function of the facades design, for example in the SHAMRI Research Institute and the Al-Bahar Towers.

Generic Study Recap

THIS STUDY INVESTIGATES the application of adaptable kinetic roof systems in order to control the distribution of light and shadow within interior spaces through reflection and refraction of ambient sunlight. The principal is applied and analysed in relation to solar paths across a range of latitudes. Through scale model representation, a range of materials providing a series of light reflecting, refracting and diffusing properties were tested within controlled conditions in an effort to replicate real life lighting situations.

THE PRECEDING GENERIC STUDY report; ‘‘Biomorphic Architecture; Future or Farce?’’, examined a range of completed buildings across a range of climates and typologies in which biomimicry and biomorphism had been employed as the primary design driver for the facade in form, function or a combination of the two. This design attitude was employed in an effort to tackle a range of architectural objectives. The six case studies were evaluated on their natural inspiration, design interpretation and resulting environmental performance in order to assess whether the biomorphic facades have attained their initial design objectives, and at what negative consequence if any this has been achieved. It was concluded that while there are certainly gains to be had from biomorphic design principals, it is often the case that the integral form and function relationship which appears in the natural world is diluted or lost all together in the architect’s effort to re-interpret and rationalize a naturally occurring biological concept into an appropriate architectural language.

The primary objective is to examine the potential application of flexible tensile roof structures in order to provide passive solar lighting to large scale interior spaces such as atriums and galleries. A secondary line of investigation was into how these twisting structures could provide a visually stimulating adaptable solution to shading different zones within multi-functional spaces. The reports conclusions find that specific form and finish combinations, arising from the range of materials tested, provide optimal characteristic qualities in response to the specific demands of buildings at different latitudes. Through exploration of observed trends in material qualities associated with specific geographic locations, we are able to analyse the possible beneficial opportunities associated with scaling the examined principles into a real world application of such a roofing system.

fig.1.1

THE HYPOTHESIS IS that a pliable shading system, based on the concept of the natural technology found in fish scales will provide opportunity for passive multidirectional light reflectance and shading control. fig.2.1

In twisting the fins nodes independently, thus exposing multiple fin surfaces to direct light, the combination of different luminous factors and increasing complexity of relationship between curved faces may allow for diffusion of reflected and refracted light throughout the space.

Taking the One Ocean Pavilions (fig1.1+2) dynamic facade operating method and biomorphic precedent of fish gills as a starting point, this study seeks to build upon the fundamental concepts applied within this building by combining material and function specific criteria factors. The exploration aims to provide insight into an adaptive architectural language in roof design which can be applied and fine tuned to work across a range of geographic locations.

It is hypothesized that the prototypes ability to twist will create a dynamic range of otherwise unattainable light and shadow effects compared to a static shading system.

5

fig.2.2

fig.4.1

8

4

0

20

40

60 0

60

80

100 lux

[ Methodology ]

[ Methodology ]

Data Analysis

Latitudinal Geo-locations IN ORDER TO appropriate real life architectural application from the experiments results three geographic locations have been chosen to provide contrasting solar conditions. Location 1 is Bodø; situated within the Arctic circle, it recieves minimal solar gain due to the low angle of the sun throughout the year. Buildings at this latitude would likely benefit most from the re-

direction of sunlight rather than shading. Location 2 is Edinburgh; whilst not only being the city in which we are based, it provides a middle ground for testing in recieveing a higher summer solstice angle. Location 3 is the city of Havana which lies on the Tropic of Cancer, meaning that during the

fig.5.1

[ Methodology ]

summer solstice the sun sits directly overhead at 90° elevation. In this situation shading would be of the highest priority. The three locations provide a sufficient range of latitudinal situations from which to draw conclusions from the gathered information about where each material qualities would best be suited for use in a kinetic roof system.

fig.5.2

- POSTERIZE ; verb Print or display (a photograph or other image) using only a small number of different tones.

Data Gathering

fig.5.3

Location 1 Bodø, Norway Latitude : 67 ° Summer Solstice Solar Elevation: 45 °

Location 2 Edinburgh, Scotland Latitude : 55 ° Summer Solstice Solar Elevation: 67.5 °

For this experiment digital images were posterised to create a visual representation of Light Gradiation within the scene through brightness separation. These greyscale images (fig.5.6) can be used as a tool for quantative analysis and interpretation of the light in a space when compared against a percentage scale which relates to the maximum and minimum Lux levels observed (0-100). All photos were taken using the same exposure settings (ISO, White Balance, Shutter Speed etc.) and treated with an identical digital posterization effect in Adobe Photoshop in order to create a uniform data set for comparison and analysis.

Havana

90

Edinburgh

A 650 Lumen, 6500 Kelvin Daylight bulb provided light in the experiment. The light source was angled according to the desired solar elevation, and distanced from the test scene to achieve ground level illumination of 100 Lux for 23.5°, 90 Lux for 55°, and 80 Lux for 67° (fig.5.4) in order to reflect the reducing strength sunlight falling at ground

Location 3 Havana, Cuba Latitude : 23.5 ° Summer Solstice Solar Elevation: 90 °

THE USE OF measured light (lux) readings and greyscale posterization of digital images allowed the analysis of both quantitative and qualitative information regarding the behavior of passive sunlight within each test. The digital image allows for the comparison and analysis of several lighting conditions in a systematic manner. It provides a medium to represent relationships between patterns of light and composition of space.

level toward northern latitudes. Lux readings were taken in the same position within the space in order to calculate, compare and analyse the levels (lux) of light entering the test scene through different materials and fin positions.

THE PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT test scene was comprised of a 1:50 scale atrium space with interchangeable rotating shading fins. Each set of fins offered varying degrees of reflectance, opacity, colour and texture. The fins are able to rotate 360° at each node allowing the two ends of fin material to twist independently, facilitating the capturing and redirecting of light from multiple angles. The material characteristics which most affected shadows and highlights and therefore the lux level measurements were: material colour, texture, opacity level – how much light can pass through and is refracted by the surface, and the materials surface luminance - how much light is reflected off its surface. The illuminance level - lux falling on the room 2 - remained consistent within each set of test scenes and was adjusted accordingly in order to represent the type of light conditions expected to be found on the summer solstice at the three selected Northern latitudes – 67°, 55° and 23.5°.

Bodo

45

0

20

40

fig.5.6 0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130

11

Ground Level Illuminance (lux)

fig.5.4

9 10

The question to be investigated in this report is the way in which a kinetic system could feasibly provide both active shading and adaptable passive sunlight manipulation through sunlight reflection and refraction within interior spaces.

fig.5.5

[ Materials ]

[ Materials ]

For the purposes of this study the ‘Luminous factor’ may be defined as “the amount of light reflected from the surface divided by the ‘amount of light’ received by the surface”. 3

APPLYING THE PRINCIPLES of ‘build-ability’ scalable modules were adopted in designing the detail of the fins; applying techniques of pleating, repetition and standardization.

fig. 6.1 (a) Perfect diffusers

(b) Typical white paper

(c) Typical black paper

The darker and rougher a material the less incident light is reflected. It was therefore hypothesized that the light and glossy prototypes would have the greatest impacts when the suns angle of incidents is low as the amount of light reflected into the atrium will be maximized.

A range of colours and varying textures were employed in order to vary the ‘luminous factor’ of each prototype.

(d) Retro-reflective surface

This issue was exacerbated by the twisting mechanism of the kinetic fins, as the materials needed to perform well in tension and also cope with the shear force exerted during their rotation. The materials thus required a degree of elasticity. Through testing, fabrics and plastics were identified as the most suitable materials for this function and were easily malleable at this scale.

Material

Dark

Control Leather

2. Leather

3. PVC Fabric

4. Rubber

5. Metallic Mesh

✓ ✓ ✓

Rubber

Metallic Mesh

Plastic Cylinders

7. Gold Leaf

8. Acetate Frit

Perforated

✓ ✓✓

Transparent

✓✓

✓✓ ✓

Rigid

✓ ✓

100 lux

0 + 90 O

90 + 90

O

O

67.5

O

Edinburgh, UK ✓✓ ✓

✓ ✓

90 Havana, Cuba

✓✓

O

fig.8.73-84

fig 6.12

13

O

O

✓ ✓

80

60

O

45 Bodo, Norway

✓ ✓

40

0 +0

Bright PVC material covered in irregular gold leaf pattern brightened the interior space in Bodo. Once the fins were opened the material reflected light towards the dark end of the room. The gold leaf was the least effective in Edinburgh. In all cases it created dramatic shadows, but did not direct light within the atrium. The biggest contrast again could be noticed in Havana where the material worked well as a shading device whilst closed, allowing most of the light through while opened. Generally, the material did not perform particularly well and the gold leaf pattern did not have a significant influence on the reflection of light.

Flexible

✓ ✓

Semi-Translucent

✓✓

Opaque

20

O

9. Plastic Cylinder

fig. 6.2 - 6.10

12

Reflective

Gold Leaf Acetate Frit

Matt Glossy

PVC Fabric

Crimped Foil

6. Crimped Foil

Light

0

Qualitative Analysis - Gold Leaf

fig 6.11

A NUMBER OF PROTOTYPES were fabricated and analyzed as potential materials for the fins. Materials were chosen on the basis of their contrasting attributes in order to produce the broadest possible range of light qualities within the test model. Working at a scale of 1:50 meant that typical building materials used for shading such as steel fins or polycarbonate panels were an inappropriate choice, owing to their rigidity at such small modules.

[ Analysis ]

The twisting nature of the fins was utilized through the implementation of double sided materials (fig. 6.11) This allows the ratio of matt to polished surface of each fin to vary in response to the degree of rotation, thus altering the Luminous factor of each fin.

1. Control

Taking the One Ocean Pavilions (fig1.1+2) dynamic facade operating method and biomorphic precedent of fish gills as a starting point, this study seeks to build upon the fundamental concepts applied within this building by combining material and function specific criteria factors. The exploration aims to provide insight into an adaptive architectural language in roof design which can be applied and fine tuned to work across a range of geographic locations.

The expected results of increasing the rotation angle of the fins in relation to the specific solar elevation are that reflective surfaces will allow more incident light re-direction into otherwise shaded areas, whereas rough surfaces will be better suited for shading purposes.

The question to be investigated in this report is the way in which a kinetic system could feasibly provide both active shading and adaptable passive sunlight manipulation through sunlight reflection and refraction within interior spaces.

Select case studies provided responsive, passive solar shading through a range of kinetic façade designs. Though successful to a degree, there was a general trend in which the complex support structures or shading mechanisms themselves

Solar Elevation °

This study investigates the application of adaptable kinetic roof systems in order to control the distribution of light and shadow within interior spaces through reflection and refraction of ambient sunlight. The principal is applied and analysed in relation to solar paths across a range of latitudes. Through scale model representation, a range of materials providing a series of light reflecting, refracting and diffusing properties were tested within controlled conditions in an effort to replicate real life lighting situations. The primary objective is to examine the potential application of flexible tensile roof structures in order to provide passive solar lighting to large scale interior spaces such as atriums and galleries.

23

SAMPLE PAGES [ Pages 2-8,15 ]

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 29

8020

10040lux


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

[ Results ]

[ HYPOTHESIS ] The hypothesis is that a pliable shading system, based on the concept of the natural technology found in fish scales will provide opportunity for passive multidirectional light reflectance and shading control. The expected results of increasing the rotation angle of the fins in relation to the specific solar elevation are that reflective surfaces will allow more incident light redirection into otherwise shaded areas, whereas rough surfaces will be better suited for shading purposes. In twisting the fins nodes independently, thus exposing multiple fin surfaces to direct light, the combination of different luminous factors and increasing complexity of relationship between curved faces may allow for diffusion of reflected and refracted light throughout the space. It is hypothesized that the prototypes ability to twist will create a dynamic range of otherwise unattainable light and shadow effects compared to a static shading system.

[ METHODOLOGY EXTRACT ] P9 In order to appropriate real life architectural application from the experiments results three geographic locations have been chosen to provide contrasting solar conditions. Location 1 - is Bodø; situated within the Arctic circle, it recieves minimal solar gain due to the low angle of the sun throughout the year. Buildings at this latitude would likely benefit most from the re-direction of sunlight rather than shading. Location 2 - is Edinburgh; whilst not only being the city in which we are based, it provides a middle ground for testing in recieveing a higher summer solstice angle. Location 3 - is the city of Havana which lies on the Tropic of Cancer, meaning that during the summer solstice the sun sits directly overhead at 90° elevation. In this situation shading would be of the highest priority. The three locations provide a sufficient range of latitudinal situations from which to draw conclusions from the gathered information about where each material qualities would best be suited for use in a kinetic roof system.

[ DATA GATHERING ] 0 +0 O

The photographic light test scene was comprised of a 1:50 scale atrium space with interchangeable rotating shading fins. Each set of fins offered varying degrees of reflectance, opacity, colour and texture. The fins are able to rotate 360° at each node allowing the two ends of fin material to twist independently, facilitating the capturing and redirecting of light from multiple angles.

0 + 45 O

O

0 + 90 O

O

0 + 180 O

90 + 90

O

O

O

Control

The material characteristics which most affected shadows and highlights and therefore the lux level measurements were: material colour, texture, opacity level – how much light can pass through and is refracted by the surface, and the materials surface luminance - how much light is reflected off its surface. The illuminance level - lux falling on the room 2 - remained consistent within each set of test scenes and was adjusted accordingly in order to represent the type of light conditions expected to be found on the summer solstice at the three selected Northern latitudes – 67°, 55° and 23.5°. A 650 Lumen, 6500 Kelvin Daylight bulb provided light in the experiment. The light source was angled according to the desired solar elevation, and distanced from the test scene to achieve ground level illumination of 100 Lux for 23.5°, 90 Lux for 55°, and 80 Lux for 67° (fig.5.4) in order to reflect the reducing strength sunlight falling at ground level toward northern latitudes. Lux readings were taken in the same position within the space in order to calculate, compare and analyse the levels (lux) of light entering the test scene through different materials and fin positions.

O

Leather

PVC fig.7.1-15

14

[ Analysis ] Quantitative Analysis Edinburgh - Summer Solstice 67.5°

LUX

Edinburgh receives more intense sunlight than Bodo thus the control lux level was increased to 90 lux. As a result of this increase and the less extreme angle of sunlight, less dense/ more transparent fins previously inefficient in Bodo began to produce more promising results and evidence of reflection of light could be seen in prototypes 3 and 5.

The Metallic mesh (no.5) was particularly effective at reflecting light into the atrium however this prototype performed poorly when closed, doing little to reduce light intensity. Broader ranges of lux levels were achieved across all the prototypes with the most effective being the PVC fabric (no.3) proving to be both an effective reflector and shading device. Key Fins closed Fins open 90° No fins (control) Range

[ DATA ANALYSIS ]

Control

- POSTERIZE ; verb Print or display (a photograph or other image) using only a small number of different tones. The use of measured light (lux) readings and greyscale posterization of digital images allowed the analysis of both quantitative and qualitative information regarding the behavior of passive sunlight within each test. The digital image allows for the comparison and analysis of several lighting conditions in a systematic manner. It provides a medium to represent relationships between patterns of light and composition of space.

fig 9.7. PVC Fabric- identified as the most successful fin system in the Edinburgh climate.

MATERIALS

fig 9.8. Scatter graph of lux readings taken for each of the prototypes with fins respectively at 90° & 180°

.

fig.10.8 - Kinetic Roof Installation 2 ; Tate Modern Turbine Room

28

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 30


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

REPORT EXTRACT:

[ Concept ] [ Concept ]

Design Interpretation THE KINETIC FIN DESIGN is a result of simplifying the Photonic Crystal concept found in fish and re-interpreting it. Not must THEscales KINETIC FIN DESIGN is aonly result of this be donetheinPhotonic a realistic architectural manner, simplifying Crystal concept found in but oneand which is feasibly manufactured fish also scales re-interpreting it. Not only when must employed within relative constraintsmanner, of the [ Hypothesis ] in athe this be done realistic architectural studio but alsoenvironment. one which is feasibly manufactured when employed within the relative constraints of the [ Hypothesis ] Where-as it would not be feasible to attempt studio environment. replicating the way it which different wavelengths of light areit disrupted the multi layer Where-as would not within be feasible to attempt replicating the way it which different wavelengths Key within the multi layer of light are disrupted

[ Analysis ]

structure of Photonic Crystals, the principal idea will alter the overall Luminance of the test scene of reflecting light through movement has formed as will a contrast or change in surface textures. the basis of experiment. Thesealter combinations can be utilised order to structure ofthe Photonic Crystals, the principal idea the overall Luminance of theintest scene To analyse the impact will of light addition to increasing light manage behaviour to suit climatic of reflecting light through movement has formed as will aIn contrast or change in different surface textures. Rotating twisting the kinetic facilitates the shaded and programmatic settings. twisting thefins fins in the the basis and of the experiment. These combinations can be utilised order to levels threefold, it also in achieved utilisation of both faces the material multimanage lighteven behaviour to suit different climatic area ofofthe atriumfor additional lux an distribution of light. A directional reflection. The sided Rotating andlight twisting the kinetic finsdouble facilitates the and programmatic settings. readings were taken in Bodo. visually interesting by-product structure allowsoftwo utilisationtherefore of both faces the contrasting material forfinishes multito be appliedlight either side of the The fin. directional reflection. double sidedsupport of extreme rotation was the The results shown below structure therefore allowsconclusions two contrasting finishes the from the shadow patterns occurring on A and low reflectance to high be applied either side of thesurface fin. combination

Quantitative Analysis Twisting Phenomenon

fig 9.3. Test model subject to Bodo lighting condition

[ Methodology ]

posterization study identifying the walls and floor (fig.9.5). Data Gathering

A high and lowthe reflectance foil as surface highlycombination effective.

Fins twisted Control (no fins)

level toward northern latitudes. Lux readings THE PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT test scene was were taken in the same position within the space comprised of a 1:50 scale atrium space with in order to calculate, compare and analyse the interchangeable rotating shading fins. Each set of fig.3.3 fig 9.4. levels Even(lux) lightof light entering the test scene through fins offered varying degrees of reflectance, opacity, distribution created with and fin positions. different materials colour and texture. The fins are able to rotate 360° fig.3.3 at each node allowing the two ends of fin material foil fins. to twist independently, facilitating the capturing and redirecting of light from multiple angles.

0O + 0O

0O + 45O

0O + 90O

0O + 0O

0O + 45O

0O + 90O

The material characteristics which most affected shadows and highlights and therefore the lux level measurements were: material colour, texture, opacity level – how much light can pass through and is refracted by the surface, and the materials 0surface + 180 luminance - how much light 90 +is90 reflected off its surface. The illuminance level - lux falling on 90 0the + 180 + 90each set of room 2 - remained consistent 90 within fig 9.5. Sculptural Light test scenes and was adjusted accordingly in order patterns produced as a to represent the type of light conditions expected to be found on the summer solstice at the three result of twisting. selected Northern latitudes – 67°, 55° and 23.5°. 45

7 7

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

A 650 Lumen, 6500 Kelvin Daylight bulb provided light in the experiment. The light source was angled according to the desired solar elevation, and distanced from the test scene to achieve ground level illumination of 100 Lux for 23.5°, 90 Lux for 55°, and 80 Lux for 67° (fig.5.4) in order to reflect the reducing strength sunlight falling at ground

10

Havana Edinburgh

Solar Elevation °

Design Interpretation

0

10

20

30

40

Bodo

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130

Ground Level Illuminance (lux)

fig.5.4

fig 9.6 Scatter graph of lux readings at the rear of the atrium for each of the prototype.

fig.5.5

27

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 31


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTEXTUAL STUDY

[ CONCLUSION ]

[ ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATION ]

Although some prototypes proved more effective than others, the kinetic roofing system as a whole produced marked benefits toward interior daylight quality across all three latitudes.

Scaling the concept of the kinetic roof system in order provide adaptable lighting and shading to interior spaces would rely on a number of different criteria. Firstly, the application of such a system would be best exploited in a large scale architectural setting as was assumed in the 1:50 test scene over smaller ones. The materiality of any such structures would be of key importance. This experiment has identified specific material qualities and finishes which best lend themselves to light reflection, refraction and shading functions in different geographic locations.

In Havana, the adoption of leather fins achieved a blackout effect even under the most intense daylight simulation. This provides valuable protection from overheating, a common problem at equatorial latitudes. The combination of two different luminous factors (contrasting matt and gloss finishes) on each side of the leather added a further dimension to the system, as a diverse range of lux levels could be achieved depending on the direction in which the fins were twisted. In Edinburgh, the opaque and reflective qualities of the PVC fins simultaneously reduced glare and optimized lux levels within the space. The perforated and semitranslucent prototypes were also relatively successful in this environment. When not subjected to extremes of sunlight these prototypes produced a diffuse ambient lighting. The variation when these fins were twisted or closed however was negligible. The application of the kinetic roof system produced by far the most dramatic results in Bodo. The highly reflective crimped foil prototype was able to capture and redirect what little sunlight there was, creating an even light distribution within the space.

It is presumed that the nine prototypes analysed would operate in the same manner if applied at a 1:1 scale. However, it would be impractical to scale up these materials to such an extreme. Rather, their inherent qualities should be closely matched with viable construction materials such as glass reinforced polymers, plastics or polycarbonates. Secondly, the purpose of application is open for debate. In its current form, based on both sets of data analysis, it is proposed the twisting roof structure would be best suited to exploit the qualitative nature of its light and shadow control. If used in an installation setting (fig 10.7), not only would it provide a visually stimulating architectural gesture in itself. It would also utilize the structures ability to manipulate the quality of light within an interior space.

fig.10.7 - Kinetic Roof Installation 1 ; Tate Modern Turbine Room

[ BIBLIOGRAPHY EXTRACT ]

Rindorf. Hans Jorgen. (1978) “Luminance Reflectances Explanation and calculation of contrast” Bruel & Kjaer [online] Available at: http://www.bksv.co.uk/doc/18-231.pdf [Accessed on 06.01.16]

The systems reliance on a such a large number of site specific criteria in order to operate at full capacity in both shading and lighting functions would restrict it from being implemented as a be-all and end-all solution for passive light control in a any large scale space. Effective operation relies on geographic bearing, direct light exposure, light intensity and changes in annual sun path cycles.

Architizer. (2012). One Ocean. Retrieved January 6, 2016, from Architizer: http://architizer. com/projects/one-ocean/

The bi-product of shadow patterns observed on In order for the system to be a comprehensive the walls and floor of the space produced strong architectural solution for controled passive light fig.10.7 - Kinetic Roof Installation 1 ; Tate Modern Turbine Room atmospheric qualities which suggested a practical and shadow manipulation, further exploration and application of this prototype as some form of sculptural refinement would be required to achieve the required installation. degree of control and variability.

Demers C., January 2006, Assessing light in architecture: A numerical procedure for a qualitative and quantitative analysis. Research Gate, p. 1-9 Gill, V. (2008, January 11). Fish scales hold dazzling secret. Retrieved November 23, 2015, from Royal Society of Chemistry: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1002/ anie.201205336/full

[ IMAGE REFERENCES EXTRACT ]

[ REFERENCES EXTRACT ]

Ogwezi B., Bonser R., Cook G., Sakula J., 2011, Multifunctional, Adaptable Facades. University of Reading

fig.2.1 : Architizer. (2012). One Ocean. Retrieved January 6, 2016, from Architizer: http:// architizer.com/projects/one-ocean/

Additionally, the pleated structure gave it excellent elasticity, allowing the fins to twist up to 270°. This extensive range of movement produced a wide variety of surface angles, allowing sunlight to be manipulated and redirected with great accuracy. This result reflected the original design inspiration of omnidirectional light reflection within the scales of fish.

Autodesk. (n.d.). Measuring Light Levels. Retrieved Jan 06, 2016, from Autodesk Sustainability Workshop: http://sustainabilityworkshop.autodesk.com/buildings/measuring-light-levels Bakkera L.G., Hoes E.C.M., Loonenb R.C.G.M., Hensenb J.L.M., n.a,User satisfaction and interaction with automated dynamic facades: a pilot study. The Netherlands Organization for Applied Scientific Research

Rodriguez A., 2009, Controlling Daylight to Optimize Light Quality. Centre of Sustainable Development, p. 5-13 WASTIELS, Lisa and WOUTERS, Ine. (2009) “Material Considerations in Architectural Design: A Study of the Aspects Identified by Architects for Selecting Materials”, Available from Sheffield Hallam University Research Archive (SHURA) at: http://shura.shu.ac.uk/511/ [Accessed on 06.01.16]

fig.1.1 : Authors Own

1. Gill, V. (2008, January 11). Fish scales hold dazzling secret. Retrieved November 23, 2015, from Royal Society of Chemistry: http://onlinelibrary. wiley.com/doi/10.1002/anie.201205336/full 2. Agoston. George A. (1978), Color Theory and Its Application in Art and Design, Springer, p.55.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 32


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

MASTERPLANNING BUILDING PROPOSITION ARTICULATION

SEMESTER 2 COLLABORATORS: BEN WYLIE, THOMAS WADDINGTON, FAITH WOOD

North Studio IV: Earth & Ocean 76 ° North Bodo - Norway

COURSE OVERVIEW: This studio brings a conclusion to our ideas into making and placing architecture at the edge of the northern temperate zone. Having researched, analysed and documented Bodo in order to get an understanding of the traditional Norwegian culture. Discovering the importance of the close relationship between people and nature within this community and man’s tenuous existence. Having made architectural proposals across this huge granite land mass in this unforgiving climate and politically rich environment, to communicate and test findings and to form a rigorous base to a particular line of enquiry “…in our veins the exact same percentage of salt in our blood that exists in the ocean, and, therefore, we have salt in our blood, in our sweat, in our tears. We are tied to the ocean. And when we go back to the sea – whether it is to sail or to watch it – we are going back from whence we came.” - John F. Kennedy

LO1 - The ability to develop and act upon a productive conceptual framework both individually

and in teams for an architectural project or proposition, based on a critical analysis of relevant issues.

LO2 - The ability to develop an architectural spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns.

LO3 - The ability to investigate, appraise and develop clear strategies for technological and environmental decisions in an architectural design project.

LO4 - A critical understanding of the effects of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (e.g. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer and workshop techniques), especially in relation to individual and group work.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 33


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

MASTERPLANNING

MASTERPLAN - TIMELINE fish market will be built to celebrate the processes

The master plan will be implemented over a

of the fisheries and algaculture in Nordland whilst

sequence of 6 key phases, envisaged over a period

acting as a platform for smaller fisheries to trade

of 30 years:

their catch.

PHASE 1. Central Transport Hub This will link

PHASE 4. University Campus and Waters Edge

Bodø’s historic city centre and ‘Bodø Nord’ by

Development. As the University grows and student

building upon

numbers increase, development will begin at the

the existing infrastructure of the train station, ferry

waters edge at the transport hub ignited by the

terminal and road networks. This area will be the

transport hub and the University in turn. A series

terminus for the proposed LRT which connects the

of inlets cut through the existing reclaimed land to

city’s key civic amenities and new masterplan, as

create new sheltered waterfronts that facilitate a

well as extending to residential areas to encourage

connection to the ocean, whilst offering protection

the use of public transport in Bodø.

from the harsh weather experienced at the exposed

PHASE 2. Heavy Industry Relocation Heavy industry

is heightened, the introduction of a Maritime

coastal edge. As the interest in Bodø and its history Museum will bring tourists to the newly developing

is grouped and densified to enable its relocation

‘Bodø Nord’ in the north of the harbour. As new tech

away from the urban core to the north-west side of

based industries emerge and population increases

the peninsula with connected companies operating

in the area, the need for a public space to facilitate

around two specialized ports. As part of the

cross collaboration between the public and these

relocation process, visual buffers are created on the

industries will develop. A Public Innovation Centre

South side of the peninsula to soften views around the bay and a coastal walk introduced.

will encourage small start-ups in the area and

PHASE 3. Manufacturing and Construction Industry

development of Bodø as

Relocation

Manufacturing

and

provide the community with an insight into the a SmartCity.

construction

industries are relocated to the north of the city,

PHASE 5. Technical and Cultural Expansion As

positioning them near the site of the newly relocated

the university expands in the field of research,

Nordland University in order for the industries to

it will inform the diversification of the industries

inform and be informed by the research conducted

in Bodø. As a result, more technology-based

at the University. As the university’s presence

industries are expected to develop around the new

continues to grow in Bodø, the university campus

Nord University campus, leaching into the current

will gradually shift from its current location on

manufacturing and construction areas of the city. As

the outskirts of Bodø to the centre, becoming a

part of this phase the Urban Lab Scheme will be put

research centre for the north of Norway, pioneering

into place. Urban Lab is a tool to facilitate the use

in research, knowledge and innovation. To facilitate

of public spaces in the city to carry out tests and

the university’s research in aquaculture and marine

pilot programs on products and services that have

biology, a university outpost on the water’s edge

an urban impact and are in the pre-market stage.

will be instated. This Aquaculture Research Centre

The first of these tests will be the use of a site north

will bridge the gap between industry and the

of Bodø Nord at the edge of the cultural quarter as

new university campus whilst informing the future

a e-car park. As the scheme develops, further sites

diversification needed in the existing fishing

around the city will be utilised to continue the idea

industry in Bodø and offering teaching facilities for

of the city as an urban laboratory.

the university and community. In the same area a

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 34


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

MASTERPLANNING

- Bodø, Norway -

VEIWS & AXIS STUDY

ROUTES AND CONNECTIVITY

EDGE CONDITIONING

1: 5000 MASTPERPLAN MODEL

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 35


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

MASTERPLANNING

List of figures from top left: Diagrammatic Axonometric - detailing the new proposed ‘Cultural Quarter’ comprised of four interrelating schemes: community centre/ guild market/ nautical museum & open research laboratory. 3. Photographs of the 10 000 Masterplan within the context of the whole city of Bodo. / 1:10 000 Infrastructure Masterplan ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

Bodø Nord Axonometric

10.1

11.1

9.2

10.2

11.2

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 36


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

BUILDING PROPOSITION

FROM LEFT TO RIGHT: 1: 500 Ground floor plans and landscaping strategy showing the interrelationship of the 4 schemes within the new harbour. Photographs of 1:500 massing model of the Cultural Quarter

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 37


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

BUILDING PROPOSITION

ELEVATION STUDIES:

UNFOLDED ELEVATION OF THE CULTURAL QUARTER WATER FRONTAGE

AQUACULTURE RESEARCH CENTRE

MARITIME MUSEUM

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 38


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

BUILDING PROPOSITION

ELEVATION STUDIES:

CIVIC INNOVATION COMMUNITY CENTRE

STEPPED PLAZA

Hard Landscaping

111 SHINGLE WATERFRONT

GUILD MARKET

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 39


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

BUILDING PROPOSITION

FROM TOP LEFT TO BOTTOM RIGHT: GUILD MARKET SITE PLAN / 1: 100 MODEL KEY

D

B

A

A

B

C

C

1. Pontoon 2. Gangway 3. Loading dock 4. Jetty 5. Bike racks 6. Heavy vehicle loading 7. Saw mill 8. Workshop 9. Logging vehicle lots 10. Delivery ramp 11. Meeting room 12. Reception 13. Hunting store 14, Common room 15. Butchers hall 16. Cured meat market 17. Fresh meat market 18. Lobby 19. Craftworks exhibition 20. Colonnade 21. Ice store

22. Cold store 23. Lobby 24. Fish market 25. Lobby 26. Cloakroom 27. Reception 28. Servery 29. Teaching kitchen 30. Shower and changing facilities 31. Locker Room 32, Staff Entrance 33. Smoker 34. Civic innovation centre 35. Shingle beach 36. Summer market 37. Winter market 38. Supermarket 39. LRT/ Tourism pavillion 40. Sunken courtyard 41. Boat building workshop

D

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 40


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ARTICULATION

1:500 MAQUETTE

high tide

high tide

low tide

Section B-B EAST Meat Hall and tannery craft rooms

low tide

Section D-D EAST Outdoor and indoor market (overlooked by administration and conference rooms)

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 41


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ARTICULATION

Mezzanine floor 1:500

fig 1.

114

115

First floor 1:500

fig 2.

Second floor 1:500

fig 3.

List of Figures: fig1. 1:100 model Roof detail. fig 2. Facade detail of fish market 1:50 model. fig. 3 Structural model showing Roof lights and Colonade detail of the covered market. fig. 4. 1:100 Sectional Model of Smokery & Cookery School.

Roof plan 1:500

fig 4.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 42


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ARTICULATION

Section C-C SOUTH Fisk røyker og restaurant / Fish smokery and restaurant

Fiskerestaurant / Smoke house Restaurant

Section A-A SOUTH

Kjøtt teater / Butchers Hall & Meat Market

Kjøtt Hall og garveri håndverk rom / Meat Hall and tannery craft rooms

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 43


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

- 67° North - ARTICULATION

MOVEMENT STUDIES:

Market South Elevation & Waters Edge Plan

89

Guild Market South Elevation & Waters Edge Plan ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 89 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 44


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ARTICULATION

BUILDING ENVELOPE ARTICULATION:

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 45


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ARTICULATION

FROM TOP LEFT TO BOTTOM RIGHT: SEASONAL RENDERS - SUMMER/ AUTUMN / SUMMER / WINTER

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 46


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO D

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ARTICULATION

CULTURAL QUARTER : APPROACH BY BOAT

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 47


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

COURSE DIARY ESSAY

STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY ARCHITECTURAL THEORY Studies in Contemporary Architectural Theory: Seminar diaries

Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]

Reading [... Koolhaas] Rachel Leatherbarrow

[ COURSE SUMMARY ]

S0927212 MArch1_2016

“Contemporary architectural theory scrutinises the interaction between design and the economic, political, social and cultural contexts in which it emerges. It takes various modes, ranging from reflection on the consequences of architectural practice, to enabling, guiding and facilitating – as well as critiquing – design processes. Crucially, it interacts in dynamic and complex ways with broader areas of cultural interpretation, criticism, and speculation (anthropology, cultural studies, philosophy, political theory, science and technology studies, semiotics, visual theory, etc.), and this is reflected in the organisation of the S[R]CAT course. The course is comprised of an array of options, of which students take one. While the choice available shifts from year to year, the overall constellation of options maintains a productive relation to the urban directed concerns of the ESALA MArch and MScAUD programmes. Thus options will address topics such as, for example, the semiotics of architectural and urban surfaces; urban development and contest over the city in an era of neo-liberalism; and the history of representations of the architecture of the city – projective and/or descriptive – examined via a series of symptomatic case-studies. Throughout, great value is placed on the active participation of students, who will have the opportunity to discuss and debate in detail the ideas raised in the seminar sessions and supporting readings. Taken as a whole, the S[R]CAT course deepens and diversifies the study of theory in ESALA, equipping students with a close knowledge of areas of particular interest and concern to them.”

1.

COURSE DIARY

[Module Handbook]

LO1 - A capacity to research a given theme, comprehend the key texts that constitute the significant positions and debates within it, and contextualise it within a wider historical, cultural, social, urban, intellectual and/or theoretical frame. LO2 - An understanding of the way theoretical ideas and theories, practices and technologies of architecture and the arts are mobilised through different textual, visual and other media, and to explore their consequences for architecture. LO3 - An ability to coherently and creatively communicate the research, comprehension and contextualisation of a given theoretical theme in relation to architecture using textual and visual media. ESSAY

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 48


MArch

DES GN STUD O C

ATR

DES GN STUD O D

SC R AT

MArch

DES GN STUD O G

AMPL

DES GN STUD O B

DES GN REPORT

COURSE D ARY

Paranoia as Method

Reading Rem Koolhaas

SEMINAR DIARIES

“Maybe architecture doesn’t have to be stupid after all. Liberated from the obligation to construct, it can become a way of thinking

[W.Shakespeare, Hamlet Act 2 Scene 2]

Core Readings:

- Verschaffel.B, “Reading Rem Koolhaas”, Architectural Histories 1(1):12 (2013), DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/ah.al

The two introductory readings offer a key insight into the underlying

Vershaffel discusses Koolhaas’ writings in depth observing his use of the

motives of both AMO (Koolhaas’ research, branding and publication

metaphor, control of time, and the architectural repercussions of this. It

studio) and his architectural practice OMA (The Office for Metropolitan

is worth noting Koolhaas’ background as a journalist and film maker

Architecture). The contrasting nature of the readings, one an interview

here, as it could be inferred from Vershaffel’s analysis that his journalistic

transcript with Koolhaas and Reiner de Graaf, and the other a third party

methods are utilised to press the validity of his opinion; in the following

overview of Koolhaas’ written publications by Bart Verschaffel, provide a

quote Verschaffel proposes that Koolhaas’ writings hinge on the principle

architectural discourse towards a more political leaning, architecturing a ‘reality’ which substantiates his subsequent manifestos. Certainly the use

interview transcript by Cunningham and Goodbun) identify an ‘urgency’

of metaphor and ironic scepticism are prominent features in his writing. Further merit can be added to Vershaffel’s observation about Koolhaas’

“There exists a kind of knowledge, of thinking, that is different, motivated by

frequently employs in his essays, displaying bias through carefully selected

a sense of possibility, urgency and necessity, and takes the perspective of

evidence and shrewd characterizations which read more like a stream of consciousness than an academic paper. In the interview transcript Koolhaas himself highlights the similarity between the persuasive nature

Perhaps the immediacy of building construction equips architectural

of journalism and the architectural profession when speaking of his involvement with the Hermitage project:

social, economic and infrastructural problems that have arisen as a byproduct of modernity. The value of Vershaffel’s piece lies in its ability to set

‘if you step back from your own vested interests in always persuading

Koolhaas’ fieldwork within a broader academic context, drawing parallels

people to build – because that is your business- objectively an expensive

between Koolhaas’ writing approach with prominent works by Le Corbusier

building was the last thing they need. There are some cases where adding

and Loos in respect to their style of ‘cultural criticism’.

more actually becomes counter productive’ [Koolhaas, 2013] 4

order to structure his own manifesto, which he articulates at the end of the passage with idea of the ‘Captive Globe’ (refer to figure 2.3). The readings raise an interesting argument that this method of paranoia is

Architecture as fantasy. Integral to this conjecture is the application of

as the conquerors of New York. In contrast to other contemporary architectural theorists such as Kipnis’ or Liberskins’ essay styles, Koolhaas’

1930s which he entitled the ‘Paranoid Critical Method’ (hereafter refereed

journalistic background is prevalent throughout the passage, using a

to as PCM). This method may be defined as a delirium of interpretation,

variety of metaphors and personifications to dramatize the two characters.

or to paraphrase Dali the ability to conceive connections between objects

Although he does not directly attack either figure, the descriptive language

is imposed on reality. This notion is seemingly reinforced by Koolhaas’

which one would not naturally link.

suggests he has a stronger affinity with Dali. Corbusier on the other hand

metaphor for concrete (refer to figure 2.1) and again with his statement that: “Architecture is inevitably a form of PC activity” 5 If this is indeed the case, then when does fantasy become reality? Is it the moment when a building is materialized? Or its occupation? Furthermore,

is portrayed in a more satirical fashion, a magician who out of his “Paranoid

stylistic tendencies through analyzing the narrative tone that Koolhaas

thinkers such as Koolhaas with a unique intuitive attribute to tackle the

facts and events are bent towards Koolhaas’ interpretation of history in

Koolhaas’ text reads akin to a parable, with Dali and Le Corbusier depicted

a physiological technique identified and developed by Dali in the early

‘The Rotting Donkey’, an extract from Dali’s extensive writings on PCM,

and necessity for action, suggesting a need to break from this traditional academic model of research.

create a new model. Debatably the whole text is an exercise in fantasy, as

for PCM.

an inherent characteristic of all architecture whereby the realm of fantasy

This suggests that through the use of language Koolhaas is able to re-direct

raises an interesting discussion when considering Koolhaas’ fieldwork

– mediating between the two characters of Dali and Corbusier in order to Fig 2.1 - Dali’s diagram of the Paranoid critical method: The diagram shows ‘a mousegrey liquid….held up by the steel reinforcements….infinitely malleable at first, then

This week’s texts by Koolhaas and Dali explore the hypothesis of

to be taken.” 3

and associated manifestos. Both Vershaffel and Koolhaas himself (in the

action.” 2 [Verschaffel, 2013 referring to Koolhaas’ research methodology]

Accordingly, it could be interpreted that through juxtaposing such strikingly opposite thinkers Koolhaas himself is applying an ambiguous form of PCM

- Dali.S, “The rotting donkey”,(extract) The Paranoid critical revolution writings (19271933)

Key themes:

Theory) Vershaffel’s observation that academics tend to “limit their research to ‘analysis’ and do so for a reason: synthesis always comes too early”1

the traditional city. His motivation for writing this passage was perhaps

Paranoid Critical Method, Surrealism, The Metropolis, Modernism,

on the other, they point to where exactly [Koolhaas believes] action needs Writing from an academic standpoint (as a Professor of Architectural

driven by his desire to establish a new model for this ‘Contemporary City’.

time Koolhaas was attempting to analyse the rapidly growing metropolis of Manhattan, which, certainly in Koolhaas’ opinion, had mutated away from

suddenly hard as rock’, 1 with this image Koolhaas proposes architecture is a metaphor

of Navigation;“On the one hand, his texts aim at the general picture, and

broad spectrum of perspectives on Koolhaas’ theoretical position.

this is motivated by the context within which the piece was written. At this

3.Koolhaas, (1978) ‘Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York’, p253

New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan (1978), p235–281.

Radical Philosophy 154, March/April (2009): 35–47.

Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]

embraced, and an underlying reading of urgency within the text. Arguably

2. Constantinidou, (2011) ‘The Paranoid Simulacrum in Surrealism: From Embracing Madness to the Mechanism of a Mental Illness as the Purveyor of Individual Meaning’, p119

4. Ibid. p259

-Koolhaas.R, “Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York” - Delirious

- Cunningham.D & Goodbun.J, “Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf ”,

There is a sense from Koolhaas that the method of PCM should be

1.Koolhaas, (1978) ‘Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York’, p248

“Though this be madness, yet there is method in’t,”

about anything” [Koolhaas, 2013]

Core Readings:

fig. 1.1 - cover image for Koolhaas’ Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan (1978)

at what point does a copy, or rather the architectural simulacra, evolve into

Critical top hat….pulls out the Horizontal Skyscraper, Le Corbusier’s

provides an insight into the original author’s interpretation. Dali stresses

Cartesian rabbit”.3 This disparaging analogy recurs

that this critical method actively seeks to re-shuffle pre-existing orders;

chapter when Koolhaas compares Corbusier to a “furious prince dragging

unlike automatic drawing (a sub-branch of the Surrealist movement) it is

a colossal glass slipper on an Odyssey from Metropolis to Metropolis……

something original in its own right?

throughout the

a conscious effort made by an individual to falsify and re-interpret reality.

Nobody wants to even try the slipper on”.4 This imagery makes for a very

Through understanding this theorem, it is easy to see how the surrealist

engaging read, and inevitable imparts on the reader distinct impressions

movement (of which Dali was an integral member) began to evolve.

of Corbusier and Dali that Koolhaas has carefully crafted.

In the extract taken from ‘Delirious New York’ Koolhaas explores the

Koolhaas advocates that both characters employ PCM as a means of

relationship between architecture and the fantastical through both the

claiming Manhattan. However, their respective approaches differ drastically;

content and style of writing. His extensive use of imagery is particularly

Dali seeks to participate in the city, whereas Corbusier seemingly seeks to

pertinent to Dali’s explorations of the Simulacrum, whereby the paranoiac’s

destroy it in order to impose his fantasy - of a rationalized purist architecture.

mechanism of interpretation is utilised through the creation of images

It is interesting to consider why Koolhaas references these two figures in

which have multiple figurations. 2

particular, as they are so fundamentally opposite in their approach.

5..Koolhaas, (1978) ‘Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York’, p246

Fig 2.2- The painting by Dali entitled: ‘Atavistic Vestiges after the Rain’ : it articulates this irrational juxtaposition of imagery, which facilities a mediation between fantasy and reality. Fig 2.3 The ‘Captive Globe’

5.

3.

In contrast to Verschaffel, the interview transcript gives Koolhaas’ personal

[ FORWARD ]

understanding of his theoretical works and perhaps more importantly how he feels he has managed to translate the research carried out by AMO into

‘the largest imaginable scale of design where one sought to design at the scale of society’ 5 [Koolhaas, 2013]

his architectural practise of OMA. analysis of New York and his architectural proposals such as the Hermitage project which employ the idea of a social condenser through programmatic

allowing him to ‘go beyond the traditional boundaries’ of architecture into

composition. Additionally his involvement with the European Union (fig.

areas of politics and anthropology. For Koolhaas AMO is a way of countering

1.2) is driven by a philosophical question, and Illustrates his ambitious

the bias that the Architect profession innately possesses. However it could

desire to design with political, symbolic and social intent.

Coney Island: The Apotheosis of Hyper-reality?

Re-branding the Generic

‘They have inverted and established an urbanism based on the new Technology of the fantastic’,

“Typical plan provides the multiple platforms of 20th-century democracy”

[Koolhaas, “Coney Island: The Technology of the Fantastic”, in Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan `

With this influence in mind, direct links can be drawn between Koolhaas’ Koolhaas seemingly views each institution as mutually beneficially to the other, with AMO underpinning and informing his architectural proposals

[Koolhaas, “Typical Plan”, 1993, p.337]

Core Readings:

Key Themes:

Rem Koolhaas, “Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York”, in

Nature & The Synthetic, Pleasure, Crowds, Congestion, ‘Hyper-reality’, Regeneratation

Core Readings: -Rem Koolhaas, “Typical Plan” (1993), in OMA, Rem Koolhaas and Bruce Mau,S,M,L,XL (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 1995): 334–351.

‘Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan ‘, (1978), (New York: The

-Colin Rowe, “Chicago Frame” (1956), in The Mathematics of the Ideal Villa and Other Essays (Cambridge, Mass. and London: MIT,

Monacelli Press, 1994): 235–281.

be argued that the intrinsic connection between the two bodies inevitably

1976): 89–118.

‘what are the symbolic implications of the city not as a capital of a country,

introduces a degree of bias.

Key themes:

but rather as a trans-political system.’6 A number of key themes arise from critiquing the interview and collating Koolhaas’ published works, most markedly the notion of the ‘New

Two principle themes can be identified through analyzing ‘Coney Island:

[Koolhaas, 2013]

‘To renew the architectural profession and to maintain a critical spirit, it is important to be aware, to observe these emergent conditions and to theorize them.’

economy has instead awarded status to the ‘Developer’. Thus throughout his written work Koolhaas continually questions what the role of the architect

living in the age of information, something which AMO seeks to capitalise

should be. Inspiringly for me, as a prospective architect, he perceives this

on through obsessively gathering demographics and empirical data.

crisis of identity as a positive, viewing it as an opportunity to re-invent the

In other words it is a ‘real’ without ‘origin or reality’, a reality to which we cannot connect.2 Koolhaas in ‘the technology of the fantastic’ seemingly proposes Coney Island as the apotheosis of such a hyper-reality - his rational for its development is derived from his perception of an unsustainable demand for nature by Manhattan, which forced the island

‘the architect’.

to mutate to the opposite binary. (ref. fig 3.1) Koolhaus anecdotally refers

analysis, is further enforced through Koolhaas’ reference to Soviet

‘The need to ‘align [with] and find an articulation’ for architecture within the

Constructivism as a means by which architecture can reshape society.

confines of the ‘forces of modernization’ is critical.’ 8

synthetic realities offer a replacement.”

to this phenomenon as a ‘Reality shortage’ for which Coney’s “multiple 3

A parallel may be drawn here between the concept of hyper-reality in Coney Island and the Paranoid Critical Method discussed previously. In a similar style to Dali’s paintings in which objects are irrational juxtaposed in order to mediate between fantasy and reality, Coney Island achieves this effect through the architectural composition of its theme parks; hundreds 1. Verschaffel, 2013, “Reading Rem Koolhaas”, p1 2. ibid. p3 3. ibid p.2 4. Koolhaas, 2009, Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf, p38 5. ibid. p45 6. ibid. p45 7. ibid. p36 8. ibid. p37

of spires and minarets are set side by side to read as a homogenous fantastical landscape. (ref. to fig’s -3.2 & 3.3)

4.

Fig 3.1 Postcard illustration of Coney Island showing its relationship to Manhattan

A further correlation can be noted between Dali’s Paranoid Critical Method

The structure of the text is highly accessible through his use of sub-headings

with the introduction of electricity to the island, which similarly to Dali’s

and anecdotes. However, the neutrality of Koolhaas’ observations are

technique of the ‘double image’ creates another layer of interpretation, a

questionable. His characteristic writing style of rhetorical persuasiveness

second the reading of the park by night through its elaborate illuminated

takes the reader on a journey through Coney Island which cunningly

roofscape.

sidesteps any potential criticism.

The context within which Koolhaas wrote ‘The technology of the fantastic’

This is facilitated by a highly selective use of imagery and vagueness. For

provides us with a possible insight into his underlying intentions in studying

although Koolhaas does not candidly articulate his patronage of Coney, his blunt dismissal of Gorky’s criticism (referring to his conclusions as

Koolhaas moved to Manhattan, thus it could be suggested that his analysis

‘mediocre’ and ‘fraudulent’) is indicative of his leaning.

of Coney was an attempt by Koolhaas to orientate himself within this new It is equally significant that this analysis also forms the first chapter of ‘Delirious New York’, as Koolhaus sets up Coney Island as a precursor to

1.Baudrillard, 2012, An A to Z of Theory | Jean Baudrillard: Hyperreality and

grimness of the city’ 4, or rather the perceived ‘reality’- that is Manhattan.

Manhattan itself, referring to it as:

Implosion, Ceasefire magazine

“the incubator for Manhattan’s incipient themes and infant mythology. The

3.Koolhaas, 1978, ‘Coney Island: The technology of the fantastic’, p62

strategies and mechanisms that later shape Manhattan are tested in the

4 ibid, p41

laboratory of Coney Island before they finally leap toward the larger island.”

5. ibid,p60

5

6. ibid,p79

‘It presumes the presence of many others, but at the same time suggests

states that ‘business makes no demands.’

that their exact number is of no importance. Typical Plan x n = a building

6

In this respect it is a formless

architectural program. It could be interpreted that for Koolhaas the ‘typical plan’ is thus the ideal accommodation for business.

to complement one another. Rowe, through his analysis of the relationship between the Chicago frame and the development of an international style, Plan’.

(hardly a reason to study architecture!)” 8 It is undoubtedly relevant that during this period of writing the ‘Typical

‘Business asks nothing of architecture but similarly provides nothing’ 7

Plan’ Koolhaas was in the midst of designing highrise towers in Asia. This

sets up a historic contextualization for Koolhaas’ proposition - the ‘Typical

re-branding of the generic could thus be interpreted as propaganda for his Koolhaas proposes that the typical plan of Manhattan’s skyscrapers is

architectural moves at the time. Regardless of this possible bias the essay

anything but static. Rather, their configurations are continually in flux,

raises a thought provoking question: how do we as architects design when

responding directly to programmatic changes. Through this observation

programmatic function is not always clear or even tangible?

acclaimed manifestos of the ‘Generic City.’ ‘Bigness,’ and ‘Junkspace’ is

Koolhaas is able to undermine the idea of ‘the typical’ as ‘standard’, and

quintessential to understanding Koolhaas’ concept of urban architecture.

re-define it as inherently ‘non-standard’. This allows him to develop the

Fig 4.1- Aerial perspective of Manhattan’s skyscrapers - the inspiration for Koolhaas’ ‘Typical Plan’

In order to achieve sustainability, spaces require diversity and are often

Throughout the text he seemingly seeks to re-brand the reductionist

argument that the ‘Typical Plan’ can not be classified as architectural

contradictory. In designing for a multitude of programs are we in danger

framed structures which form America’s skyscrapers, in an attempt to

typology as its atypical nature negates any form of classification - it is simply

of in fact designing nothing at all?

dispel their mass perception as ‘infernal machines for stripping identities.’

a component of the urban.

1

and alien city.

In his essay ‘Generic Cities’, also published in ‘S,M, L, XL,’ Koolhaas

the ‘Generic City’, the market economy, globalization and most noticeably the concept of ‘Business’ as an architectural program. The readings serve

Published in ‘S,M,L,XL’ the ‘Typical Plan,’ situated alongside his critically

Coney Island. As one of his earliest works the piece was written shortly after

Fig 4.2- Archizoom Associan,”No-one City.” 1970, featured in Koolhaas’ ‘Typical Plan’ (p349)

In lieu of this Koolhaas advocates the typical plans of these skyscrapers

as one of the purest American architectural archetypes: ‘A plan stripped

The essay’s structure is very different when compared to his earlier writings

of all its qualities and reduced to a calculated relation between discreet

in ‘Delirious New York’; concise sub-headings are replaced by monotonous

standardized elements.’

monologues. This variation in style could be interpreted as an attempt by

2

Koolhaas to mimic the nature of the ‘typical plan’, emulating the notion This endorsement is reinforced by his proclamation that the ‘Typical Plan’ is

of the ‘non-event’ through the text’s repetition and formlessness. He is

an ‘unacknowledged utopia, the promise of a post-architectural future.’ 3 For

undoubtedly fascinated by this idea of the typical, or rather the atypical,

1. Koolhaas, 1995, p.346

Koolhaas this is the discovery of a new architecture, signifying a new world.

plan; there is an impression throughout that Koolhaas is trying to find the

5. Shamiyeh, 2000, p115

2.ibid.

6. Koolhaas, 1995, p342

It creates ‘new territories for the smooth unfolding of new processes,’ 4 what

potential in it, weighing its pros and cons in his typically journalistic style, as

3. ibid.

is more its solitary function is to ‘let its occupants exist’. 5

seen in the following extract:

4. ibid.

7. ibid. p115 8. ibid. p342

7.

Towards the end of the passage he is noticeably scathing of the

‘Bigness’: A Re-invention of Architectural Monumentality

gentrification processes, or to use Koolhaas’ terminology ‘a Modernist revenge’ which later takes place in Coney, describing the island as: ‘a modern Manhattan of Grass’ .6

“Beyond a certain critical mass each structure becomes a

He views this regeneration as a sanitisation from the popular culture of

morally traumatic break with the conventions of symbolism ..(The)

occurs. Koolhaas constructs a convincing argument that this gentrified park

monument.... This category of monument presents a radical,

9.

The Pearl River Delta: An Archetype for the ‘Generic City’ and Commodification of Architecture? ‘Architectural production is becoming something strictly mechanical, reproducible without thinking’

is a weak substitute for the spontaneous urbanism of the masses, a thought process which arguably informed his architectural proposal for OMA’s Parc Villette in 1982, ( see fig 3.4) which aims to intensify urbanisation rather

Core Readings:

than relinquishing the park to nature.

Core Readings:

Key themes:

- Koolhaas, “Pearl River Delta”, in Rem Koolhaas et al., Mutations (Barcelona:

Tabula Rasa, Shenzhen speed, market economy, mutation, infrastructure,

- Rem Koolhaas, “Bigness, or the problem of Large” (1994), in OMA, Rem

Actar and Bordeaux: arc en rêve, 2001): 309–335.

commoditization, generic city, iconography.

the midst of happening, even though we may not be able to extract a theory

Pearl River Delta (PRD) during the late 90’s. At this time the PRD was one

from it.”

7

market economy. These conditions had triggered a fundamental shift in

In spite of this, the use of invented vocabulary throughout his ‘Mutations’

Chinese domestic policy from an isolated communist model towards

essay; PHOTOSHOP©, MARKET REALISM © or SCAPE© suggest that

a more capitalist consumerist model. Koolhaas, in his publications the

Koolhaas is unable to resist the temptation to conceptualize the conditions

‘Great Leap Forward’ and ‘Mutations’ (the respective sources of this week’s

in the PRD, attempting to theorise the role of architecture and the role of

readings), proposes that this shift has manifested in the commoditisation of

the architect in this emerging metropolis. Koolhaas argues that while the Pearl River Delta has an identity crisis, at the

495–516. - Peter Sloterdijk, “The Crystal Palace” (2005), Public – Art/Culture/Ideas

same time it faces an opportunity for a new kind of identity. In a similar style

empirical data, thus providing a more analytical insight into Chinese

to ‘Delirious New York’, (published almost three decades earlier) in which

architecture of this period than the ‘Mutations’ text. Koolhaas is relatively

he analyses Coney Island in attempt to orientate himself within the city of

cautious in his opinions in comparison to his essays in ‘S, M, L, XL’ . This is

Manhattan, Koolhaas seemingly applies this same strategy with the PRD, as

seemingly in a conscious effort to read this unfamiliar context of Asia, rather

an entry point to the Asian metropolis.

than critique it.

Fig 6.1 Aerial perspective of the Pearl River Delta

viewFile/30252/27786

descriptive narrative in an attempt to examine the urban condition of the

The ‘Architecture Shenzhen’ extract relies heavily on statistics and other

ST Leong, eds., Great Leap Forward (Köln: Taschen, 2001): 161–193.

37 (2008): 11–16. http://pi.library.yorku.ca/ojs/index.php/public/article/

“These emergent cities [in the Pearl River Delta] teach us about what is in

Chinese architecture and infrastructure.

- Koolhaas, “Architecture Shenzhen”, in CJ Chung, J Inaba, R Koolhaas and

Koolhaas and Bruce Mau, S,M,L,XL (Rotterdam: 010 Publishers, 1995):

Both Koolhaas’ ‘Pearl River Delta’ and ‘Architecture Shenzhen’ adopt a

of the fastest emerging urban conditions in the world with a flourishing [Koolhaas, 2001, Mutations, p320]

pleasure; in an attempt to impose high culture an awkward rationalisation

landmarks in a post-architectural landscape.” [Koolhaas, 1995, ‘S,M,L,XL,’]

They collectively draw on several projects by his respective architectural institutions OMA and AMO. Alongside a comparison with relevant cultural and architectural theorists, these entries will attempt to analyse the legitimacy of Koolhaas’ extensive body of work, identifying key theorems and the implications that his publications have had on both architectural discourse and the profession.

Fig 3.3 Luna Park’s fantastical landscape by night

2. ibid.

Koolhaas is quick to root this hyper effect back to the metropolis through his metaphor of the ‘architectural plantation’ serving as an ‘antidote to the fig. 1.2 AMO / Rem Koolhaas barcode flag of Europe tattoo

The following chapters comprise a series of nine critical reflections relating to the work of the Architect and contemporary Architectural Theorist Rem Koolhaas.

Fig 3.2 Coney Island’s Luna Park - by day

models… a reality generated from ideas.’ 1

The political dimension to Koolhaas’ work, alluded to in Verschaffel’s

[Rem Koolhaus, 2001, ‘Mutations’, p309]

published some four decades apart, share several common themes; that of

as ‘a new social reality… in which a reality is created or simulated from

the dominant role in the construction industry, capitalism and the market

of population density and globalisation. Other pivotal themes also emerge from this interview, such as infrastructure as a vehicle for modernisation and

Both Rowe’s ‘Chicago Frame’ and Koolhaas’ ‘Typical Plan,’ despite being

The philosopher and cultural analyst Jean Baudrillard defines hyper-reality

In conjunction with all of the above is the theme of displacement of ‘the has undergone a ‘flattening and loss of memory and identity’. 7 No longer

China’s rapid urbanisation is also referenced and situated within the context

Fig 4.1

masses and, in conjunction with this, the propagation of a ‘hyper-reality’.

Architect’ in contemporary society. Koolhaas states that the profession

between European ideals and the modern city.

The ‘Generic City’, Modernity, Globalisation, Sustainability, Market Economy, Metropolis, Business

The technology of the fantastic’ - that of the growing need to entertain the

Metropolis’ which emerges at the core of his architectural theory. The American city and its relative modernity in relation to its European counterparts seemingly dominates his earlier work, and alludes to a tension

6.

Key themes: Monument, Globalisation, Modernity & Mega-Strcutures

Koolhaas’ theory of ‘Bigness’, read alongside ‘The Crystal Palace’ from The Interior of World Capitalism by Peter Sloterdijk, explores the condition of ‘mega-scale’ and its impact on the urban fabric of the city and society. Unlike the manifesto tone of ‘Delirious New York’ this essay, which follows on from the ‘Typical Plan’ in ‘S,M,L,XL’, may be interpreted as part of Koolhaas’ Urban Thesis, using architectural discourse as a tool to find the

Fig 3.4 - Diagram of OMA’s Parc Villette scheme

potential of the mega-scale:

The five steps laid forward by OMA were 1) to organize the major programmatic

‘We don’t know what to do with it, we don’t know where to put it…. when to

elements in horizontal bands across the site, 2) to place kiosks, playgrounds,

use it…. how to plan it? 1

barbeque pits, and other facilities mathematically on grid points, 3) the addition of a round forest as an architectural element, 4) to provide connections between the

For Koolhaas bigness has the potential to ‘reconstruct the Whole….

points, and finally 5) to introduce superimpositions. -creating a schizophrenic like

reinvent the collective.’ 2 Conversely he also states that ‘Bigness destroys….

density similar to that of Coney.

its subtext is fuck context.’ 3

Fig 3.5 - Drawing of Coney Island

Throughout the text Koolhaas can be seen to change his opinions multiple times, never fully clarifying his position. His multiple definitions of bigness create a paradox and the reader is left perplexed as to Koolhaas’ leaning – is he advocating bigness or condemning it?

[ CONTENTS ]

Fig 5.1 - Model of OMA’s ‘Jussieu – Two Libraries’

Koolhaas proposes that the PRD is not indicative of a market economy but

Fig 6.2 Satellite image illustrating the rapid urbanisation of the Pearl River Delta

rather a hyper communist ideology: “A seeming apotheosis of the market

between 1973-2003

economy can also be read as an apotheosis of the communist system.”

It is worth commenting at this point that many of OMA’s architectural

2

street into a vertical interior boulevard. This architectural gesture could

with its phantom highways and the clearing of enormous sections of ground, ‘an orgy of tabula rasa’ in which ‘the act of clearing the ground

P05 Paranoia as method.........................................................................................................................................................

The Pearl River Delta is portrayed as an ‘experimental zone’

4

‘The ultimate dysfunctional city – but actually, in terms of all the initiatives and ingenuity, it mobilised an incredibly beautiful, almost

This statement raises an intriguing

utopian landscape of independence and agency.’ [Koolhaas, 2016, The Guardian]

Palace observes that there is an ‘immeasurable, symbolic and programmatic dimension’ to this huge hybrid construction’,9

the totalizing nature of its

in the traditional sense as a monument if it epitomizes our contemporary

“it represents the city; it pre-empts the city; or, better still, it is the city.” 5

- an

There is arguably a political dimension in this Mega-Scale typology in both

embryonic prototype for the rest of the state. It could be suggested that Koolhaas also views the PRD as a prototype for his ‘Generic City’ outlined in ‘S, M , L, XL’. Certainly from reading both texts a number of parallels may be drawn between the two: both utilise the ‘frame’ and the ‘Typical Plan’. The fundamental to the ‘Generic City’, can also be seen in the PRD’s application of ‘Tabula Rasa’. Koolhaas asserts that the PRD is home to the ‘City of

balance, an equilibrium of complementary extremes.’

5

In this respect the

final architectural objective.

definition though their distinctions’

6

- Tim Hecker, “The Slum Pastoral: Helicopter Visuality and Koolhaas’s Lagos”,

as a form of method writing, mimicking the subject matter. In this way the

conditions for ‘Bigness’ a process of ‘interiorisation’ occurs - the distance

Space and Culture 13(3) (2010): 256–269.

text reinforces Koolhaas’ definition of ‘Bigness’, as something so large it

between core and envelope increases to the point where the facade can no

becomes hard to comprehend as the viewer (or in this instance the reader)

longer reveal what happens inside the ‘interior and exterior architectures

is unable to view the entire composition in one frame.

become separate projects’.

10

Similarly to this, Sloterdijk proposes that

a ‘critical threshold’, and in doing so a ‘new aesthetic of immersion’

11

is

level of symbolic meaning. The reader is introduced to the body of the

created. The outer world is completely absorbed into a ‘calculated inner

text with a photo of a human figure (fig. 5.2), Koolhaas juxtaposes this by

space.’ Sloterdijk views this regulated interior as a metaphor for the ‘Great

ending the essay with a close up detail of an abstract painting (fig.5.3). The

Interior’ of the European Union. He argues that after globalization has

two images, when read alongside one another, have a jarring impact on the

taken hold “social life can only take place in an expanded interior - No

the quality of the two images is perhaps emblematic of the leap from the qualitative to the quantitate that occurs with ‘Bigness’: “Through size alone,

are neither without planning or

more historic events could take place under such conditions … only mood competitions between parties and the fluctuations among their consumers”

Koolhaas in his reference to ‘Bigness’ as an ‘after-architecture’.14

6

13

This idea of the end of an era is reinforced by

of the PRD finds importance in the relation to the exterior; ‘inhabited

1. Koolhaas, 2001, Mutations, p313

landscape becomes the medium that links everything together.’ 8

2. bid. p309 3. Ibid. p324

Koolhaas’ study of the Pearl River Delta raises a pertinent question

Fig 5.3. Aerial perspective of St. Mark’s-in-the-Bouwerie Towers by Frank

architecture. Is there an opportunity to create a more positive architecture

P13 ‘Junkspace’ : the epitome of modernity?..........................................................................................................................

‘The product of modernisation is not modern architecture

(2002): 175–190. -F.Jameson, “Future City”, New Left Review 21, May-June (2003): 65–79. -Marc Augé, “From Places to Non-Places”, in Non-Places: Introduction to an Anthropology of Supermodernity (London and New York: Verso, 1992): 75–115.

p17 The Possibilities of Preservation......................................................................................................................................

Disneyfication Koolhaas’ essay on ‘Junkspace’ describes the global phenomenon of a new form of space, which may be epitomised in the typologies of the shopping mall and the airport (see fig’s 7.1 & 7.2). Derived from our contemporary everything into a seamless superficially appetising morass without past or future.1 Jameson, in the “Future City”, expands on the idea of ‘Junkspace’ in relation to consumerism stating: “The virus ascribed to junkspace is in fact the virus of shopping itself; which, like Disneyfication… spreads like a toxic moss across the known universe”.2 Koolhaas considers ‘Junkspace’ to be the ‘defining feature of modernity an ‘all-conquering space’3 engulfing extensive that you rarely perceive limits; it promotes disorientation by any means (mirror, polish, echo) ... “

4

This notion of ‘Junckspace’, presented by Koolhaas, is corroborated by Marc passage. Similarly to Koolhaas, Augé identifies a new vernacular which has emerged as the by-product of globalization and mass-mobilization. Like Koolhaas’ ‘Junkspace’, it is a transient in-between space - which one simply

p20 List of figures.....................................................................................................................................................................

passes through. It does not facilitate ‘dwelling’, thus it may be defined as inherently ‘non-place’. 5 In the same manner as ‘Junkspace’ it is unable to ‘operate socially or culturally’. 6

simultaneously revealing the intensity of the urban condition and stepping back to identify boarder patterns. I would argue adversely that this juxtaposition of scales creates a disconnect for the observer - portraying

2

Conceivably this

Lagos as an even greater enigma.

footage, which features heavily in “Lagos Wide & Close”.

In contrast to his anaylsis of Manhattan and the Pearl River Delta, which

“Lagos Far and Wide” (2005) shows a diversification in Koolhaas’ methods

focuses on asking the reader questions. Arguably this is a symptom of the

show an attempt to conceptualize the urban conditions, Koolhaas instead

11. Sloterdijk, 2005, ‘The Interior of World Capitalism’, p13 13. ibid. p.13 14. .Koolhaas, 1995, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p516

11.

of research, introducing the reader (now viewer) to the agency of film. In a

inconclusive nature of his findings in Lagos. Koolhaas perceives the city to

similar manner to his ‘Mutations’ text the observer is presented with various

be in a state of constant adaptation similar to his ‘Generic City’; it has an

representations of the city, and permitted a degree of freedom through

ability to expand, contract and re-organise itself, its infrastructure built to a

the multiple combinations of video and audio tracks that can be played in

point mutates, adjusting to the needs of its citizens.

tandem with one another.

Fig 8.1 Still from ‘Lagos wide & close’

15.

‘….’ to drift from one thought to another, making no attempt to structure one continuous body without so much as a paragraph. This endless list

Core Reading: Koolhaas, ‘Preservation is Overtaking Us’ (New York: Columbia University Press, 2014

and transience’. 7 This form of method writing is frequently adopted by Koolhaas - most notably in ‘S, M, L, XL’, in which he emulates the structure of the ‘Typical Plan’ through a mantra-like repetition. In contrast to its structure, the content of the essay is largely concise. Koolhaas presents the reader with

“… a fuzzy empire of blur, fusing high and low, public and private, straight warped, busy, atrium-ridden’ . . . ‘the product of an encounter between escalator and air-conditioning’ . . . ‘like being condemned to a perpetual

nor a manifesto. Koolhaas does not make a call for action, or outline describes the essay as a “jeremiad ... veering into denunciation and back Indeed the tone of ‘Junkspace’ is

somewhat pessimistic; his lament for modern architecture is preceded by a reprimand to architects that they only have themselves to blame:

Although this initially seems like a radical switch in Koolhaas’ ideology,

examples and multiple definitions of preservation.

numerous parallels can still be drawn between his earlier work. The scheme

This supplementary technique seems emblematic of Otero-Pailos’ definition

in a similar strategy to the horizontal skyscrapers, the barcode strips merge

of preservation itself, as a process of ‘re-framing’ and ‘contextualising’ to

extremes of programmatic densification alongside total preservation.

improve the observer’s understanding of the original architect’s (or in this

His inclination to ‘fuck context’ approach is still present in the arbitrary

instance author’s) intent.

nature of the strips in plan. Similarly it could be argued that this blanket

Within the lectures Koolhaas states that ‘preservation is not the enemy

for the valorising of low cultural forms.

1. Wiles.w, 2013, Rem Koolhaas: Junkspace, Icon

their mystifications……They thought they could control Junkspace, and it

2. F.Jameson, “Future City”, New Left Review 21, MayJune (2003): 65–79

ended up consuming them”. 10 It is clear from this extract that ‘Junkspace’ (in Koolhaas’ opinion) is the

4. Ibid. p175

result of shortcomings within the profession. What remains unclear is

5. Auge, 1992, “From Places to Non-Places”, p

how the profession should respond. Koolhaas towards the end of the text

6.ibid. p

poses an interesting notion that there is a fragility to ‘Junkspace’ – ‘like an

7.Wiles.w, 2013, Rem Koolhaas: Junkspace, Icon

illusory curtain pulled over the eyes of the consumer, a spell which can be

8.Koolhaas, 2002, ‘Junkspace,’ Content, p175-190

the influence of his involvement with the Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg (2003-2005), decidedly OMA’s most curatorial project to date.

Arguably Koolhaas’ instinct to question and challenge urban conditions

in an intangible way, making a conscious design decision to maintain the

in an effort to progress architectural discourse has come round full circle

in-between spaces and voids (see fig 9.4) – allowing for a programmatic

to challenge even his own theorems. Throughout the lectures Koolhaas is

spontaneity in a style to the ‘Typical Plan’. This focus on the activity of spa

critical of the current strategies of preservation, questioning its integrity

He views ‘involuntary heritage’, such as Pompeii or the Chernoble site, as compelling examples of totalising preservation and through this exploration identifies a shortcoming in the ‘selectivity’ of contemporary preservation.

10. Koolhaas, 2002, ‘Junkspace,’ Content, p178 Fig 7.2 typologies of the shopping mall airport - the epitome of Junkspace

Rather than design or re-construction, Koolhaas’ deviation towards a theory of preservation seems to centre on curation. This was undoubtedly

to ‘fuck context’2 in his (1995) ‘Bigness’ manifesto, he now identifies ‘contextualisation’ as the important driving force urban planning.

with respect to its political and economic motives.

9.Foster, 2013, ‘Junkspace / Running Room’

disrupted by the introduction of a foreign body: a mother or a refugee’. 11 In other words any introduction of reality shatters the illusion of ‘Junkspace’.

of a series of declarations which on first reading stipulate a U-turn from his ‘Urban Thesis’ presented in ‘S,M,L,XL’. Contradicting his exhortation

Koolhaas attempted to bring out the heritage of the Hermitage Museum

“Architects could never explain space; Junkspace is our punishment for

SAMPLE PAGES

preserved forever or systematically scraped”. 3

attempts to distill a ‘Manifesto of Preservation’ from Koolhaas’ nebulous

of modernity but actually one of its inventions’.1 This statement is one

a programme. Hal Foster (co-author of ‘Junkspace / Running Room’)

Should we as architects celebrate and protect ‘Junkspace’?

applying a blanket preservation across entire strips of the city (see fig 9.1) These ‘heritage strips’, designated holistically over the city, “could either be

Asia, and their recent work on the Hermitage Museum in St. Petersburg.

preservation articulates a recurring trend in Koolhaas’ theoretical writings

Unlike many of his previous publications ‘Junkspace’ is neither a theory

again almost sentence to sentence”.

Koolhaas’ re-interpretation of preservation can be seen in OMA’s Barcode project in Bejing (2003) in which he attempts to avoid ‘selectivity’ by

Koolhaas endeavours to highlight instances in which preservation has played an integral role within their architectural projects - specifically in

bares a close resemblance to OMA’s 1982 proposal for Parc de La Villette; Fig 7.1 ‘typologies of the airport - an example of Augé’s Non-place

Jacuzzi with millions of your best friends’ . . . ‘this inferno of the neutral’. 8

9

This week’s core text comprises of two lecture transcripts by Koolhaas which outline OMA’s philosophy on preservation. Throughout the lectures

The lecture is appended with a critical response by Otero-Pailos, who

3. Koolhaas, 2002, ‘Junkspace,’ Content, p175

Augé’s “From Places to Non-Places”, in his study of spaces that facilitate

from its citizens, was intended to provide a conceptual depth of field,

reluctance to publish to a ‘final lack of concentration’.

or even format his stream of consciousness. The whole essay reads as

and bent, bloated and starved’ . . . ‘smooth, all-inclusive, continuous,

modern architecture through its totalizing nature. “It is always interior, so

P19 Bibliography......................................................................................................................................................................

nature. He is constantly reluctant to close a sentence, using semicolons and

beginning ‘Junkspace is….’

Consumerism, Post-Modernity, ‘Non-place’, History, Interiority, Technology,

The technique of ‘Foregrounding’ and ‘Backgrounding’, through a

towards the project itself. In an interview with the film’s director Bregtje Van der Haak in 2014 (almost a decade after its release) Koolhaas attributes his

The Possibilities of Preservation

Something that is immediately striking about Koolhaas’ essay is its rambling

quote upon quote in a series of declarative sentences and anecdotes each

culture of consumerism and advertising, this new vernacular unites

7.ibid. p326

describe: ‘a formlessness sensory overload paralleled by an indeterminacy taken from ‘Content’, October 100, Spring

“Lagos Wide & Close” (2005).

elements of the research, presented in the form of photographs and aerial

12. ibid. p.15

7. ibid. p500

of prose seemingly reinforces the qualities of space he is endeavoring to

Core Readings:

Key themes:

P15 Lessons from Lagos.........................................................................................................................................................

10. Koolhaas, 1995, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p501

8. ibid. p322

‘Junkspace’ The epitome of modernity?

-R.Koolhaas, “Junkspace”,

3. ibid. p502

13.

P12 The Pearl River Delta – An Archetype for the ‘Generic City’ and the Commodification of Architecture?..........................

9. Sloterdijk, 2005, ‘The Interior of World Capitalism’, p12

6. ibid., p502

6. ibid. p334

to a commodity?

8. Verschaffel.B ‘Reading Rem Koolhaas’, Architectural Histories, 01 June 2013, Vol.1(1), pp.Art. 12, p69

2. ibid. p509

5. Koolhaas, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p510

5. ibid., p312

in Lagos. A criticism of the film is the ambiguity of these multiple interpretations.

This lack of dissemination is perhaps indicative of Koolhaas’ feelings Fig 5.2- Aerial perspective of St. Mark’s-in-the-Bouwerie Towers by Frank

1. Koolhaas, ‘S,M,L,XL’, p509

4. I.Böck, ‘Six Canonical Projects by Rem Koolhaas’, Essays on the History of Ideas, p210

4. ibid. p326

with regard to the instinct relationship between economic policy and

P10 ‘Bigness’: A Re-invention of Architectural Monumentality?.............................................................................................

emulate the mass authorship and surplus of individuality that he discerned

is

“Mutations” (2001) and “Content” (2002), and the interactive documentary

stems from a discord between his interpretation of Lagos and the empirical

with these economic constraints? Or has capitalism relegated architecture

for each observer. This technique is perhaps an attempt by Koolhaas to

his exploration of this emerging ‘Post-modern African Metropolis’

combination of wide angle aerial shots, alongside personal commentaries

.12 The principle of the interior has shifted in scale, making nature and ‘Posthistorical world.’

is independent of their quality.”

In this manner the documentary could be interpreted as a multi-layered drawing, the numerous compositions facilitating a unique trajectory

understand “what happens to a society when the state is absent”.1 However,

is yet to be formally published other than as relatively small features in

culture indoor affairs - Capitalism brings about the end of history, a new

such buildings enter an amoral domain, beyond good or bad. Their impact

Koolhaas’ research into the urbanisation of Lagos, Nigeria, demonstrates an attempt to release himself from western architectural discourse and

arguably his most heavily criticised project to date. Begun in 2000, it

Furthermore, unlike the solely internalized ‘Generic City’, the architecture

P09 Re-branding the Generic.................................................................................................................................................

Congestion, Aestheticisation, Voyeurism

DVD, (Amsterdam: Submarine Channel, 2005)

indirect consequence of their inherent monumental size. Under Koolhaas’

the scalelessness associated with ‘Bigness’. Additionally, the difference in

Koolhaas’ own theoretical constraints. The cities of the PRD with their predictive infrastructure and brutal opposition of one another ‘seeking

The Metropolis, Foreground and Background, Infrastructure, Culture of

producers, Bruno Felix and Femke Woltin ; director, Bregtje van der Haak,

presentation. The enormous font used throughout the essay in itself serves

observer. The jump from the figurative to the abstract seemingly emulates

However the downfall for placing the Generic City into Asia lies in

identity. Conversely, in Koolhaas’ theory, the ‘Generic City’ is liberated from “the Straightjacket of Identity” 7 with planning becoming ‘redundant’.

Key themes:

- Lagos wide & close : an interactive journey into an exploding city ,

‘Bigness’ and Dostoyevsky’s ‘Crystal Palace’ as referenced by Sloterdijk as an

The visual imagery which accompanies the text demonstrates a similar

opportunistic….. exploiting flukes, accidents and imperfections….a delicate

Core Readings:

The immediate impact on reading ‘Bigness’ is the graphics of its

the scale of the Crystal Palace’s all encompassing glass envelope crosses

Exacerbated Difference’: in a climate of ‘Permanent strategic panic – it is

PRD like the ‘Generic City’ is in a constant state of redefinition, there is no

P07 Coney Island – The Apotheosis of Hyper-reality? ...........................................................................................................

8

question - is the mega-structure a break from the conventional conditions

scale turns ‘society’ into an exhibit. Does the mega-structure thus stand culture?

dismissal of nostalgia and traditional leftist concerns for collective good,

as a billboard is for advertisement.’

12.

Lessons from Lagos

of an architectural monument? Sloterdijk in his discussion of the Crystal

be interpreted as an attempt by Koolhaas to harness the potential of the mega-structure which he eludes to in ‘Bigness’ - creating a condition in which: “Bigness no longer needs the city: it competes with the city;

becomes an act of faith.’ 3

as a twentieth century phenomenon generated simply by its mythic scale. In Koolhaas’ view their symbolism is empty, ‘available for meaning

main library presented as an “Inside-Out City” 4 - folding the traditional

seemingly overshadows the troubles of the present. Evidence for this theorem lies in the ambition of the PRD’s enormous infrastructural projects

P03 Reading Koolhaas............................................................................................................................................................F

projects could be said to possess the qualities of ‘Bigness’. The ‘Jussieu –

the early 90’s. The project demonstrated a highly ambitious scale with the

economies of supply and demand in Europe, the ultimate destination

The theory of ‘Bigness’ proposes the concept of the ‘Auto-Monument’7

Two Libraries’ competition entry in Paris (fig 5.1) for example, is particularly relevant to this essay as it was designed around the time of publication in

He defines this condition as a ‘Market Realism’: unlike the traditional

8.

10.

11.ibid. p180

14.

17.

Pages 15 OF 20

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 49


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

COURSE DIARY

SEMINAR DIARIES

Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]

[ WEEK 1 EXTRACT ]

Reading Rem Koolhaas “Maybe architecture doesn’t have to be stupid after all. Liberated from the obligation to construct, it can become a way of thinking about anything” [Koolhaas, 2013]

Core Readings: - Verschaffel.B, “Reading Rem Koolhaas”, Architectural Histories 1(1):12 (2013), DOI:http://dx.doi.org/10.5334/ah.al - Cunningham.D & Goodbun.J, “Interview: Rem Koolhaas and Reinier de Graaf ”, Radical Philosophy 154, March/April (2009): 35–47.

The two introductory readings offer a key insight into the underlying

Vershaffel discusses Koolhaas’ writings in depth observing his use of the

motives of both AMO (Koolhaas’ research, branding and publication

metaphor, control of time, and the architectural repercussions of this. It

studio) and his architectural practice OMA (The Office for Metropolitan

is worth noting Koolhaas’ background as a journalist and film maker

Architecture). The contrasting nature of the readings, one an interview

here, as it could be inferred from Vershaffel’s analysis that his journalistic

transcript with Koolhaas and Reiner de Graaf, and the other a third party

methods are utilised to press the validity of his opinion; in the following

overview of Koolhaas’ written publications by Bart Verschaffel, provide a

quote Verschaffel proposes that Koolhaas’ writings hinge on the principle

broad spectrum of perspectives on Koolhaas’ theoretical position.

of Navigation;“On the one hand, his texts aim at the general picture, and on the other, they point to where exactly [Koolhaas believes] action needs

Writing from an academic standpoint (as a Professor of Architectural

to be taken.” 3

Theory) Vershaffel’s observation that academics tend to “limit their research to ‘analysis’ and do so for a reason: synthesis always comes too early”1

This suggests that through the use of language Koolhaas is able to re-direct

raises an interesting discussion when considering Koolhaas’ fieldwork

architectural discourse towards a more political leaning, architecturing a

and associated manifestos. Both Vershaffel and Koolhaas himself (in the

‘reality’ which substantiates his subsequent manifestos. Certainly the use

interview transcript by Cunningham and Goodbun) identify an ‘urgency’

of metaphor and ironic scepticism are prominent features in his writing.

and necessity for action, suggesting a need to break from this traditional academic model of research.

Further merit can be added to Vershaffel’s observation about Koolhaas’ stylistic tendencies through analyzing the narrative tone that Koolhaas

“There exists a kind of knowledge, of thinking, that is different, motivated by

frequently employs in his essays, displaying bias through carefully selected

a sense of possibility, urgency and necessity, and takes the perspective of

evidence and shrewd characterizations which read more like a stream

action.” [Verschaffel, 2013 referring to Koolhaas’ research methodology]

of consciousness than an academic paper. In the interview transcript

2

Koolhaas himself highlights the similarity between the persuasive nature Perhaps the immediacy of building construction equips architectural

of journalism and the architectural profession when speaking of his

thinkers such as Koolhaas with a unique intuitive attribute to tackle the

involvement with the Hermitage project:

social, economic and infrastructural problems that have arisen as a byproduct of modernity. The value of Vershaffel’s piece lies in its ability to set

‘if you step back from your own vested interests in always persuading

Koolhaas’ fieldwork within a broader academic context, drawing parallels

people to build – because that is your business- objectively an expensive

between Koolhaas’ writing approach with prominent works by Le Corbusier

building was the last thing they need. There are some cases where adding

and Loos in respect to their style of ‘cultural criticism’.

more actually becomes counter productive’ 4 [Koolhaas, 2013]

fig. 1.1 - cover image for Koolhaas’ Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan (1978)

3.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 50


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

SC[R] AT

DESIGN STUDIO D

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

COURSE DIARY

SEMINAR DIARIES

Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]

[ WEEK 8 EXTRACT ]

Lessons from Lagos ‘The ultimate dysfunctional city – but actually, in terms of all the initiatives and ingenuity, it mobilised an incredibly beautiful, almost utopian landscape of independence and agency.’ [Koolhaas, 2016, The Guardian]

Core Readings:

Key themes:

- Lagos wide & close : an interactive journey into an exploding city ,

The Metropolis, Foreground and Background, Infrastructure, Culture of

producers, Bruno Felix and Femke Woltin ; director, Bregtje van der Haak,

Congestion, Aestheticisation, Voyeurism

DVD, (Amsterdam: Submarine Channel, 2005) - Tim Hecker, “The Slum Pastoral: Helicopter Visuality and Koolhaas’s Lagos”, Space and Culture 13(3) (2010): 256–269.

Koolhaas’ research into the urbanisation of Lagos, Nigeria, demonstrates

In this manner the documentary could be interpreted as a multi-layered

an attempt to release himself from western architectural discourse and

drawing, the numerous compositions facilitating a unique trajectory

understand “what happens to a society when the state is absent”.1 However,

for each observer. This technique is perhaps an attempt by Koolhaas to

his exploration of this emerging ‘Post-modern African Metropolis’

emulate the mass authorship and surplus of individuality that he discerned

is

arguably his most heavily criticised project to date. Begun in 2000, it

in Lagos.

is yet to be formally published other than as relatively small features in “Mutations” (2001) and “Content” (2002), and the interactive documentary

A criticism of the film is the ambiguity of these multiple interpretations.

“Lagos Wide & Close” (2005).

The technique of ‘Foregrounding’ and ‘Backgrounding’, through a combination of wide angle aerial shots, alongside personal commentaries

This lack of dissemination is perhaps indicative of Koolhaas’ feelings

from its citizens, was intended to provide a conceptual depth of field,

towards the project itself. In an interview with the film’s director Bregtje Van

simultaneously revealing the intensity of the urban condition and stepping

der Haak in 2014 (almost a decade after its release) Koolhaas attributes his

back to identify boarder patterns. I would argue adversely that this

reluctance to publish to a ‘final lack of concentration’.

juxtaposition of scales creates a disconnect for the observer - portraying

2

Conceivably this

stems from a discord between his interpretation of Lagos and the empirical

Lagos as an even greater enigma.

elements of the research, presented in the form of photographs and aerial footage, which features heavily in “Lagos Wide & Close”.

In contrast to his anaylsis of Manhattan and the Pearl River Delta, which show an attempt to conceptualize the urban conditions, Koolhaas instead

“Lagos Far and Wide” (2005) shows a diversification in Koolhaas’ methods

focuses on asking the reader questions. Arguably this is a symptom of the

of research, introducing the reader (now viewer) to the agency of film. In a

inconclusive nature of his findings in Lagos. Koolhaas perceives the city to

similar manner to his ‘Mutations’ text the observer is presented with various

be in a state of constant adaptation similar to his ‘Generic City’; it has an

representations of the city, and permitted a degree of freedom through

ability to expand, contract and re-organise itself, its infrastructure built to a

the multiple combinations of video and audio tracks that can be played in

point mutates, adjusting to the needs of its citizens.

tandem with one another.

Fig 8.1 Still from ‘Lagos wide & close’

15.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 51


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ESSAY

ESSAY

Reading [ ... Koolhaas ]

The ‘Mega-Scale’ – An allegory of Postmodernity?

[Preface] This essay explores the themes of Architectural Monument, Postmodernity and the Mega-Scale, testing the hypothesis that contemporary ‘megascale’ structures are an evolution of the traditional architectural monument epitomising the contemporary culture of globalisation and mass mobilisation. An in-depth study is conducted into two prominent architectural projects

[Introduction]

by OMA (Office for Metropolitan Architecture) which exemplify this an ambitious scale: the ‘Jussieu – Two libraries’ competition entry (1992), and

The twentieth century witnessed an enormous leap in the scale of

‘De Rotterdam’ (2013). Their respective exteriors and interiors are analysed

urban buildings, creating implications for both the architecture and

in order to ascertain their symbolic weight and limitations as monuments of

the development of the city. Eric Mumford, in his writings on The CIAM

modernity. Considering the theories of the cultural critic Fredric Jameson,

(Congres Internationaux d’Architecture Moderne), defines this mass

the relationship between the ‘mega-scale’ and the dominant cultural trend

increase in scale as a ‘New Monumentality,’2 but to what extent do

of ‘Postmodernity’ is explored, challenging the theory that the typology

these supersized buildings break from the conventional conditions of

of ‘Mega-Scale’ is as an allegory of Postmodernity through a cross-

architectural monument? The traditional monument evokes connotations

examination between the selected OMA case studies and the key features

of solidity and serenity. In contrast, these ‘new’ monuments of the

of ‘Architectural Post-Modernism’, articulated in Jameson’s analysis of the

twentieth century, distinguished by their mythic scale, are synonymous

Bonaventure Hotel.

with ‘the void’ and enforced congestion. Paradoxically, if we consider the architectural monument as a ‘physical manifestation of cultural heritage’3

Other prominent cultural and architectural theorists are considered as

then these buildings could equally stand in the traditional sense as

possible alternatives or amalgamations of this hypothesis, most notably

monuments, epitomising the contemporary trends of globalisation and

Umberto Eco’s concept of ‘hyper reality’, Peter Sloterdijk’s notion of the

mass mobilisation.

‘Grand Interior’, and Rem Koolhaas’ ‘Bigness’.

‘The superstructure seems finally to produce social models or world visions of an essentially religious kind….the very concept of space here demonstrates its supremely mediatory function, in the way in which its aesthetic formulation begins at once to entail cognitive consequences on the one hand and socio-political consequence on the other.’ (Jameson, 1992, Post1

modernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism)

This essay investigates the hypothesis that contemporary ‘mega-scale’ structures are not the “hollow symbols” that Rem Koolhaas suggests 4

in this theory of ‘Bigness’ (1994). Rather they are an evolution of the traditional architectural monument and, as such, they carry the same gravitas and symbolism as the temples of Greek antiquity. In order to sharpen this line of inquiry two architectural proposals by OMA (Rem Koolhaas’ Office for Metropolitan Architecture) which express this highly

ambitious mega-scale, the unrealized scheme for the Library at Jussieu

City” – folding the traditional street into a vertical interior boulevard. Set

University in Paris (1992) and their recently completed ‘De Rotterdam’

within the context of the publication of ‘Bigness’, the scheme could be

towers (2013), will be analysed with regard to their symbolic weight -

interpreted as an attempt by Koolhaas’ architectural practice to realise

both in terms of their exterior and interior - in order to ascertain their

one of the fundamental features of ‘Bigness’:

limitations as monuments of modernity, and identify what aspect of their

“Bigness no longer needs the city: it competes with the city; it represents

design has the greatest influence on this condition.

the city; it pre-empts the city; or, better still, it is the city.”7 (Koolhaas, “Bigness, or the problem of Large” 1994)

Through comparing these specific case studies of Jussieu and De Rotterdam, respectively two decades apart in Koolhaas’ architectural

These two philosophies frame the ‘Jussieu’ project as a paradox, on the

career, I hope to identify any evolution in the features of the ‘new’

one hand it is a metaphor for any entire city, on the other it is simply

monument in respect to its contextualization and symbolism. The

an architectural commodity. De Rotterdam presents a similar enigma;

‘Jussieu’ project (1992) is a particularly significant case study for the ‘new’

designed as a “building for developers”8 (says Rem Koolhaas 2013), and

monument, as it was designed around the time that Koolhaas himself

produced through heavy collaboration with the private sector, its scale is

was attempting to theorize and harness the potential of the mega-scale

seemingly a product of commoditisation.

in the early nineties. Within his essay ‘Bigness’ (published in ‘S,M,L,XL,’ 1995) Koolhaas proposes the concept of the ‘Auto-Monument’5 as a

Yet Koolhaas argues that its massing represents “a new ambition for

twentieth century phenomenon generated purely by its mythic scale. In

architecture” , conceived as a “vertical city”, “unifying its surrounding

Koolhaas’ view their symbolism was empty, ‘available for meaning as a

urban condition” and “undoing the ghost town, to project the next phase

billboard is for advertisement.’6

of the city’s existence”.

9

In this respect, to paraphrase Koolhaas, De

Rotterdam is not simply an architectural ambition, but a synthesis of the This statement provides a potential insight to analyse the design drivers

city and a symbol of Rotterdam’s ambition.

behind the Jussieu library. OMA envisaged the scheme as an “Inside-Out

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 52


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

SC[R] AT

DESIGN STUDIO D

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ESSAY

[ LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS ]

EXTRACT FROM PAGE 6 OF 7

PAGES 3,4 & 5 [essay main body]

What is irrefutable from these two mega-scale case studies is the

It should be noted that Sloterdijk interprets the opposite effect –

extensive symbolism that can be derived from both their exterior

perceiving ‘immeasurable depth’

and interior. Despite this, Koolhaas’ proclamation that they remain

of the mega-scale.

Augé, Marc. 1992. “From Places to Non-Places.” In Non-Places: Introduction to an Anthropology of Supermodernity , 75–115. Verso.

To an extent the findings are inconclusive; the exterior of De

Baudrillard, 2012, An A to Z of Theory | Jean Baudrillard: Hyperreality and Implosion, Ceasefire magazine

46

BIBLIOGRAPHY EXTRACT:

in the aesthetic of immersion

‘availably for meaning’43 still carries a certain amount of weight. The new aesthetic, which the mega-scale has generated, features

Rotterdam arguably holds a greater symbolic meaning than its

both social and economic dimensions. However these remain

interior; conversely in the case of the Juseui, the experiential

open to interpretation. Similarly to Jameson’s critical reflection

qualities of its interior seemingly hold more value. However, what

on his theories of Postmodernism, there is a need to step back in

can be said for both schemes, is that their spaces (be they internal

order to assess the mega-structures’ historic value as monuments

or external) can only be understood through motion. For example;

of modernity. Paradoxically, it is precisely this ‘distance’ that has

the vehicle approach to De Rotterdam or walking though the

been abolished in attempting to analysis their relationship to

internal circulation of the library. It could be reasoned that in this

contemporary culture. Arguably we are too submerged to theorise

respect these mega-scale structures are an allegory for the global

this condition.

phenomenon of mass mobilization.

Nevertheless, what can be observed are the correlations between

Although

the characteristics of Postmodernism and the mega-scale through

understanding the genesis of the mega-scale it provides little

the specific case studies of the Juseui and De Rotterdam schemes.

insight to its future evolution. The jump in scale between the Juseui

The lack of contextualization with regard to form, mass and aesthetic

scheme of 1992 and De Rotterdam in 2013 indicates a trajectory of

of the mega-scale is congruent with the ‘historic deafness’ endemic

growth, but is there a limit to this progression?

44

Postmodernism

provides

a

methodology

Claessens, Francois. n.d. “Reinventing Architectural Monumentality.” Urban Formation and Collective Spaces, , 106-120. Eco, Umberto. 1990. Travels in Hyper reality Essay . Translated by William Weaver. Harcourt Publishers Ltd; Reprint edition. I.Böck. 2000, ‘Six Canonical Projects by Rem Koolhaas’ -Essays on the History of Ideas. Jameson, Fredric. 1992. Postmodernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism . Duke University Press . Jefferies, Stuart. 2014. “In the World Interior of Capital by Peter Sloterdijk – review.” The Guardian . 01 01. Koolhaas, Rem, interview by Amy Frearson. 2013. De Rotterdam represents “a new ambition in architecture” says Rem Koolhaas. http://www.dezeen. com/2013/11/27/de-rotterdam-rem-koolhaas-transcript/, (11 27).

for

Rem Koolhaas, “Europeans: Biuer! Dali and Le Corbusier Conquer New York”, in ‘Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan ‘, (1978), (New York: The Monacelli Press, 1994): 235–281. Koolhaas, Rem. 1994. ““Bigness, or the problem of Large”.” In S,M,L,XL, by Rem Koolhaas and Bruce Mau OMA, 495–516. Rotterdam: 010 Publishers.

to Postmodernism. The breakdown between high and low culture may be interpreted in the objectification of form - exemplified in

The current trend of urbanisation arguably necessitates the mega-

the buildings’ sculptural qualities and their mass ‘interiorisation’.

scale as a means by which to orientate ourselves and navigate

Seemingly a direct result of the consumer culture’s endless desire

the emerging phenomenon of the ‘Megalopolis’. However, a

for ‘more’, this is conceivably epitomised in the dominant internal

criticism of these mega-scale buildings is the spatial and social

programming of ‘real estate’ in De Rotterdam. Furthermore, the

confusion that they currently foster. If the notion of monument is

emotional ground tone of ‘intensity’ identified as a feature of

that of an icon, a core to the city, around which the city revolves,

Postmodernism is observed in the dislocation and placelessness

then an obvious question is how that permanent object responds

that these mega-structures evoke.

to a growing, shifting city. Is it perhaps time to shift focus and

Koolhaas, Rem. 2002. ““Junkspace” .” In Rem Koolhaas, by Content, 175–190. Librero Nederland b.v.; 01 edition.—. 2014. Preservation is Overtaking Us . (New York: Columbia University Press. McGibbon, Shea. n.d. Monument and context. http://www.designingbuildings. co.uk/wiki/Monument_and_context. Mumford, 2000, ‘The CIAM Discourse on Urbanism’, 1928-1960 (London, ,P201-214. OMA. n.d. Jussieu-two-libraries. Accessed 04 15, 2016. http://oma.eu/ projects/jussieu-two-libraries.

consider the urban spaces surrounding these mega-structures as Paradoxically It could be argued that the mega-scale is both product

monument?

Robinson, Andrew. 2012. “An A to Z of Theory | Jean Baudrillard: Hyperreality and Implosion.” Ceasefire .

and the propagator of the twentieth century’s ‘reality shortage’

45

identified by Koolhaas (1978), as their inherent scalelesssness, and grand architectural gestures such as Juseui’s internal folding

LIST OF FIGURES EXTRACT:

boulevard contribute to a ‘loss of reality’ – or rather the generation

ENDNNOTES EXTRACT:

of a ‘hyper-reality’. The depthlessness of Postmodernism may also

22. Eco, 1990. ‘Travels in Hyper reality Essay’, p7 23. ibid. p8 25. Jameson, 1992, Postmodernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism’ , p43 28. Jameson, 1992, Postmodernism or, The cultural logic of late Capitalism’, p42 29. Koolhaas, 1994, ‘Bigness, or the problem of Large’, p496

be inferred in the exterior form of these mega-scale structures through their optical trickery, literal flatness and repetitive facades, which reduce the architecture to a logo of itself.

30. Sloterdijk, 2005, “The Crystal Palace’, p275

fig. 1 OMA, (1994) model of Jussieu, “Bigness, or the problem of Large”.” In S,M,L,XL, by Rem Koolhaas and Bruce Mau & OMA, 495–516. Rotterdam: 010, p1311 fig. 2 Richard Seymour, (2014), ‘De Rotterdam’, Retrieved April 15 2016 from Richard Seymour. com: https://evitagoze.wordpress.com/2010/12/11/week-10-and-11/ http://www.richardjohnseymour.com/ Fig. 3 Rene Magritte, (1935) “Le Modèle rouge” ,Retrieved April 15 2016 from Rene Magritte. Org. : http://www.renemagritte.org/rene-magritte-paintings.jsp

Rossi, Aldo. 1984. The Architecture of the City. The MIT Press. Sloterdijk, Peter. 2005. “The Crystal Palace.” In the Global Inner Space of Capital: For a Philosophical Theory of Globalisation, translated by Public – Art/Culture/Ideas 37 (2008):, 265-276. Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp. Tweedie, James. n.d. “Delirious Cities and Their Cinema: On Koolhaas and Film Studies.” Public Culture 22 (2): 369-397. Wainwright, Oliver. 2013. “Rem Koolhaas’s De Rotterdam: cut and paste architecture.” The Gaurdian, 11 18.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 53


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

STUDIOLO ASSEMBLING RE-CALIBRATING

THE BIG ROOF STUDIO - STUDIO G COURSE SUMMARY: The emphasis in this course, gives the opportunity to develop or initiate a major design project, bringing an exploration and creative processes into dialogue with technological and environmental decision making. The Big Roof studio addresses two specific aspects of Modernity: the production of ever larger interiors, and the production of knowledge through research and innovation. The Big Roof studio aims to accommodate in one complex assemblage these two different kinds of spaces that concur in the knowledge production process: the institutionalised space and the personal living space The studio explores strategies of interiorization designing a series of big interior prototypes. The beginning of the studio G will focus on inhabitation, on the ways in which an individual, a group, a community can occupy a place. In the first part of the semester a series of prototypes will be developed making use of clear spatial strategies and architectural typologies. The encounter with the real sites will then off er the chance to increase the complexity of the project on different levels, adding programmatic diversity and defining a strategic relationship with the context. St Peter’s Seminary at Cardross a site with a troubled story of architectural ruination and reconstruction, will be the background for a series of design proposals. The buildings provide a conceptual reference on a way to frame and interior, and to relate to the surrounding context. The Big Roof studio will propose alternative futures for these sites, not necessarily fully accepting current visions on their preservation/ conversion strategies. A series of interiors are developed which gradually appropriate Kilmahew/St Peter’s in a process that will involve the design of spaces from the small, individual, and personal scale to larger assemblages for living and working that can be recognized as meaningful cores of a new kind of urbanity. IMAGE : REFECTORY OF ST PETER’S SEMINARY AT CARDROSS, DESIGNED BY GILLESPIE, KIDD & COLA LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 - The ability to develop and act on a productive conceptual framework both individually and in teams for an architectural project or proposition, based on critical analysis of relevant issues. LO2 - The ability to develop an architectural, spatial and material language that is carefully considered at an experiential level and that is in clear dialogue with conceptual and contextual concerns. LO3 - The ability to investigate, appraise and develop clear strategies for technological and environmental decisions in an architectural design project. LO4 - A critical understanding of, and the development of skills in using, differing forms of representation (eg. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer and workshop techniques), to explain a design project.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 54


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

STUDIOLO

OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] i. Thermal landscapes ii. The dwelling unit [ design incubator ]

Bathing Bathing Bathing

Bathing

Bathing Bathing

Sleeping Sleeping Sleeping Sleeping Sleeping Display of Display Meaning offul Meaning objectsful objects Display Meaning Display objects of Meaning ful objects Display of of Meaning fulfulobjects Display of Meaning ful objects Sleeping

Study , Yoga

Study , Yoga Study , Yoga Study , Yoga Study , Yoga Study , Yoga

Reading

Reading Reading Reading Reading Reading

Toilets , Washroom, Toilets , Washroom, Changing Changing Toilets , Washroom, Toilets Changing , Washroom, Changing , Washroom, Changing Toilets , Washroom, ChangingToilets

0

1

0

2

1 50

0120

121

22

50

51

52

Socialising, Eating

Socialising,Socialising, Eating Eating Socialising, EatingSocialising, Eating Socialising, Eating

Cooking , washing

Cooking , washing Cooking , washing Cooking , washingCooking , washing Cooking , washing

Storage of Pocessions

Storage of Pocessions Storage of Pocessions Storage Pocessions Storage of Pocessions Storage of of Pocessions

to temperatures Degree tomay which may bebecontroled wihin may beActivity controled Zones wihin Activity Zones Degreewhich to which which temperatures may controled wihin Activity Zones Degree to which temperatures may be controled wihin Activity Zones Hierachy ofActivity Activity Hierachy zones/ ofActivity in Activity order ofaccending zones/ accending inorder order privacy / 1:200/ 1:200 privacy//1:200 1:200 Areas ofto Activity into Relation to thresholds Areas ofAreas Activity in Relation to thresholds Hierachy ofHierachy Activity ofzones/ inoforder zones/ ofin accending ofofaccending privacy privacy Areas Activity inRelation Relation thresholds of Activity into Relation thresholds Thesholds defined Thesholds byFlat’s my Flat’s defined Architecture by&my Flat’s & Fixed Architecture Furniture & Fixed Furniture Thesholds defined Thesholds byby defined my Flat’s byArchitecture my Flat’s Architecture Furniture & Fixed Furniture temperatures betemperatures controled wihin Activity Zones zones/ in order privacy / accending 1:200 Areas ofofActivity in thresholds defined my Architecture &Fixed Fixed Furniture Degree to which temperaturesDegree may betocontroled wihin Activity Zones Hierachy of Activity zones/ inHierachy order ofofaccending privacy / 1:200 Areas of Activity in Relation to thresholds Thesholds defined by my Flat’sThesholds Architecture & Fixed Furniture - Doorways - Control - Control - -Doorways - Doorways - Doorways Control - Control - Activity Doorways - Activity Activity - Activity- Activity - Control - Doorways Control - Activity 0 10 1 21 2 02 0 1 1 52 52 5 55 -- Limited - Limited Control Limited -Control Control Limited Control - Limited Control 1 2 50 0 - Limited Control

5

MyLiving Living Space Plan Living My Living My Space / Plan Space 1:200 //My Plan 1:200Space / Plan 1:200 My Living Space / Plan 1:200My Living Space / Plan 1:200

- No Control

-- No Control - No Control No Control - No Control - No Control

This investigation begins with a reading of the thermal and activity thresholds within a living unit . Implementing the technique of the architect Philippe Rahm’s ‘Thermal Mappings’, the relationship between temperature and living rituals are cross examined. Through mapping the dwellings micro-climate in the same reductive manner as living rituals, a discord was identified between the natural flow of heat and habitation.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 55


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

STUDIOLO

Cooking

Thermal matrix

Sleeping

Flow of activities attuned to temperature

Dining

Optimum Microclimate for Activity

W/C

Micro Climate of activity areas

Lounge

I. THE THERMAL LANDSCAPES

Library / Reading

Bathing

Dressing Area

OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro]

Study Space

Yoga

Activity Zoning

12.

14.

15. 17.

16. 18.

ld Co

ke Inta Air

Light / Temperature - mapping

Invisible Thesholds / My Interior Micro-climate

0

1

2

e tak ir in ta Ho

16 °c

5

25 °c

Living room/ Social space........................ Sleeping.................................................... Bedrooms also used as living rooms........ Bathrooms................................................ Kitchens.................................................... Toilet........................................................ Staircases.................................................. Laundry room.......................................... Drying room............................................ Yoga......................................................... Private Study, Reading...........................

19°C 16 °C 19 °C 22 °C 18 °C 15 °C 12 °C 12 °C 12 °C 22 °C 20 °C

Permeability & Enclosure

Developing this line of enquiry key living rituals are redistributed spatially within an idealised climatic matrix. This abstracted grid was then rationalized into two typologies of dwelling units which used the principles of conduction and convection inform the architectural composition.

SEQUENCE OF ACTIVITIES ATTUNED TO TEMPERATURE

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 56


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

STUDIOLO

OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] II. THE DWELLING UNIT [ DESIGN INCUBATOR ]

Roof Lanterns

Sliding Partitions Heated or timber battens

Linear Arrangement

Wall thickness Varying thickness in relation to temperature

Two Stack Sectional Arrangment

Solid and Void Openings within the external enve;ope

Courtyard Typology :

Inhabited Wall Activities requiring the most intense heat plug-in

DWELLING TYPOLOGIES Two dwelling typologies were developed in which The living ritual of each knowledge worker is focused around a climatic extreme of either the courtyard which operates and a cooling device or the sauna which provides an intensity of heat and humidity. Having established a series of regulatory thermal devices, within a single unit, this module was explored at meso-scale through the creation of an assembly prototype.

Exploded axonometric Exploded axonometric

Total Area : 50m2

Stack Arrangement

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 57


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ASSEMBLY

OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] II. THE DWELLING UNIT [ DESIGN INCUBATOR ] Exploration of dwelling configurations.

Mixed Assembley of host and cold units - Courtyard Arrangement

Stacking of Hot and Cold Corner Habitation Unit

Linear Arrangment Typology of Hot and cold Walls

Vertical Assembly - Heat Sha / Terrace Relationship Heat Sha - Collective Sauna

Collective Unit

CLUSTER TYPOLOGY OF HOT CORES AND PARTITIONS

VERTICAL ASSEMBLY - HEAT SHAFT / TERRACE

MIXED ASSEMBLY OF HOT AND COLD DWELLING UNIT - COURTYARD TYPOLOGY

HEAT SHAFT - COLLECTIVE SAUNA ASSEMBLY

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 58


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

ASSEMBLING

OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] II. THE DWELLING UNIT [ DESIGN INCUBATOR ]

COURTYARD ASSEMBLY Through clustering the courtyard units as an assembly additional thermal devices could be integrated into the scheme. A network of hot cores, thermal pools and collective courtyards were introduced form the communal residential unit hosting a multitude of microclimates within a single ‘Big’ interior.

Warm Pool

Changing facil.

Courtyard

Cool Pool

ermal Baths - Lower Ground Level - Assembly 1:200

FIRST FLOOR - RESIDENTIAL UNITS

LOWER LEVEL - THERMAL BATHS ermal Baths - Lower Ground Level - Assembly 1:200

DIAGRAMMATIC STUDY OF THERMAL DEVICES WITHIN THE ASSEMBLY PROTOTYPE

COLD THERMAL NETWORK

POROSITY / ENCLOSURE

HOT THERMAL NETWORK

Reduction of Enclosure

SOLID / VOID

RELATIONSHIP OF POOLS TO HOT CORES Networks of Bathing Pools / Heated Cores

ermal -Solids & Voids

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 59 Reduction of Enclosure

ermal -Solids & Voids

Networks of Bathing Pools / Heated Cores


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

SITUATING THE ENQUIRY [macro] SITE The following pages document the sighting of the investigation in Cardross and establishes the present condition of the Kilimahew Estate in which the assemblies are hosted. The territory of Cardross has a modest population of 2,193 (2011) and lies on the north bank of the firth of Clyde. The Kilimahew Estate sprawls along two of its several tributaries. The dense woodland and steep terrain which surround these water networks create a distinct set if micro-climate within the estate. These microclimates are extrapolated as individual readings of humidity, light and temperature. Through Combining these readings, the sensory landscape of Kilmahew is revealed informing the landscaping and architectural strategy. Applying the same method of extrapolation to the Ruin of St Peters, the structure fragment and reposition within the sensory landscape.

[LOCATION]

Kilimahew Estate Cardross, Argyll and Bute. Scotland, UK [LATITUDE ] 55.9635° N [LONGITUDE] 4.6553° W [TERRAIN] Steep Woodland [CLIMATE] Köppen climate CFD- temperature of each of four warmest months 10 °C or above but warmest month less than 22 °C

DOCUMENTING OF SITE MICRO-CLIMATES

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 60


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

SITUATING THE ENQUIRY [macro] MICRO CLIMATE MAPPINGS

COMPOSITE MICRO-CLIMATE

River network

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 61


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

SITUATING THE ENQUIRY TERRITORIAL CLIMATES - EXTRAPOLATED READINGS

HUMIDITY MAPPING

SHADOW STUDY

EXPOSURE

MORNING - SHADOW STUDY

MIDDAY - SHADOW STUDY

EVENING - SHADOW STUDY

COMPOSITE READING OF MICRO-CLIMATE

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 62


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

CATALOGUING OF LANDSCAPE DEVICES A series of climatic devices described below are deployed across the site in order to exaggerate or nullifying the existing mirco-climates creating a heightened sensory landscape.

LIGHT FIELDS

HUMIDITY DEVICES

HEATING DEVICES - THERMAL CORES

DEVICE DESCRIPTION: LED Column fields set out on a 2 by 2 or 4 by 4 meter grid, Dispersed around the site in clusters to provide a degree of enclosure and illumination

DEVICE DESCRIPTION: Misting devices, mechanically powered, varying scale from Misting poles 2m in height by 250mm diameter, to Misting walls

DEVICE DESCRIPTION: A Network of ground source heat pumps articulated as Thermal cores, varying in scale and materiality from concrete to rammed earth providing heat sources around the site for habitation at a variety of scales

SHADING DEVICES

DRYING DEVICES

DEVICE DESCRIPTION: A Double skin Perforated Cylinder, containing a hydroscopic substance such as Salt, Ethanol or Sugar. Which absorbs and condenses moisture from the surrounding environment. Drainage below captures excess water and channels it to different area of the site.

DEVICE DESCRIPTION: A Series of Solar Panel Canopies of varying depth and height of perforation, recreate the effect of the woodland canopy in exposed open areas

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 63


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

RECALIBRATED LANDSCAPE POSITIONING THE ENQUIRY ISOLATED CLIMATIC DEVICES

EXPOSURE

MODIFIED SENSORY LANDSCAPE COMPOSITE READING OF KILIMAHEW’S MICROCLIMATE MODIFIED BY THE CLIMATE DEVICES

LIGHT

HUMIDITY

Having sited the investigation within Kilmahew, the following pages establish the moves which led to the selection of four sites in which to situate the assemberlies . The notion of modifying a thermal landscape through architectural devices developed in the living assembly prototype is expanded into a catalogue of landscape devices.

These devices are employed as a an interioriation strategy and grafted into the territorial mappings in a sequence of diminishing scales in order to refine each microclimate and position an architectural programme . RECALIBRATED LANDSCAPES EXTRAPOLATED LAYERS

MICRO-CLIMATE -TERRAIN

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 64


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

DESIGN STUDIO G

MArch II

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

POSITIONING THE ENQUIRY MICRO-CLIMATE TEST SLIDES

1:500 MAQUETTES STUDIES - OF FOUR UNIQUE MICRO-CLIMATES

3.

I.

2.

3.

4.

4.

2.

I.

A series of test slides are extracted from the modified sensory landscape providing a cross section of the various climates found on the site.

1:500 ASSEMBLY MASSING APPROPRIATING MICRO-CLIMATE I.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 65


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

ASSEMBERLY STUDIES DIAGRAMMATIC SECTIONS GIN DISTILLERY The Distillery envelopes the climatic devices [thermal cores and misters] within a series of glass houses to create warm and humid microclimates in which to grow botanicals required for the gin distillation. The heated cores are also utilised to provide the extreme temperatures required for the process of distillation. The assemblies adjacency to the lake provides a readily accessible cooling mechanism for the condensing of ethanol. THE PLANT SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTRE GIN DISTILLERY

The Plant science research centre is carved into the hillside, to create a series of sunken laboratory spaces, providing a stable environment in which the microclimate conditions can be tightly controlled. A series roof planes stretch out into the landscape connecting and embracing the devices.

THE PLANT SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTRE

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 66


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING

ASSEMBERLY STUDIES DIAGRAMMATIC PLANS

GIN DISTILLERY PLAN [1 500 original ]

PLANT SCIENCE RESEARCH CENTRE PLAN [1 500 original ]

1. Elevated Walkway 2. Lobby 3. Reception 4. Plant Room 5. Lecture Theatre 6. Cloister 7.External Classroom

8. Canteen 9. Heat Shaft 10. Exhibition Hall 11. Water Course 12. Fountain 13. Underground Archive 14. Amphitheatre

15. Library 16. Study Pods 17. Laboratory Vaults 18. Teaching Lab 19. Lab Specimen Garden 20. Laboratory 21. Gantry

KEY 1.Workers Housing 2.Plant Processing 3. Cloister 4. Dry Store 5. Mixing Hall 6. Distillation

7. Gallery 8. Glass Blowing 9. Bottling 10. Mediterranean Glass House 11. Tropical Glass House 12. Restaurant 13. Tasting Room 14, Gantry

15. Terrace 16. Board-walk 17. Ethanol Stores 18. Cool Store 19. Hot Core 20. Column Field

22. Common Room 23. Laboratory 24. Cold Store 25. Cold Labs 26. Gallery 27. Teaching Room 28. Gantries to drying devices

The following section explores how a building or a series of buildings can be generated by the distribution of the climiatic devices with the generation of a phased masterplanning strategy. Sites are informed by key locations identified by the climatic test slides . Two assemblies test initial ideas of how to link architectural elements to the environmental devices, adopting opposing spatial strategies; either connecting and embracing the devices or creating volumes between them enclosing climatic zones to create a series of semi-conditioned courtyards and cloisters. These assemblies illustrate the limitations of the climatic devices when translated to a micro scale [that of a building]. Forcing the design to develop a higher level of environmental sophisticated.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 67


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CALIBRATING S t r a t e g i c

P r o g r a m m i n g

PROTECTION

INTERIORISATION STRATEGY MASTERPLAN PHASE I

PHASE I Observatory & Weather station

Observatory & Weather station

PHASE I I PHASE I I Plant Science & Climate Research Centre

Plant Science & Climate Research Centre

PHASE III Gin Distillery PHASE III Gin Distillery

PHASEPHASE IV Seed Vaults/ Archives

IV

Seed Vaults/ Archives

Residential units

The Estates rich horticultural history and micro-climate informs the campus’ program which appropriates the devices scattered across the site. Programme is fragement to utilise climatic variation creating a series of internal and external conecting walkways which reference back to the monastic cloister of the seminary

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 68


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTRACT GAME ESSAY SUBMISSION EXAM & DRAWING SUBMISSION

ARCHITECTURAL MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE AND LAW

CONTRIBUTORS CONTRACT GAME: Richard Fleming Rachel Leatherbarrow Niki Michael Oliver Hensely Zoe Herbert

COURSE SUMMARY: Architectural Management, Practice and Law is a lecture and workshop based course aimed at developing student’s knowledge and understanding of the management of Architectural practice. It is delivered through a series of lectures presented by Architects and related professionals involved in the creation of the built environment. The lectures are intended to present the student with a range of knowledge which can then be built on and developed by further reading. The workshop vehicle which will be used to assess learning outcome 2 of the course is a web-based ‘contract simulation game,’ which will provide participating students with a considerable depth of knowledge in relation to the administration of a standard form of building contract. Students will work in small groups over the course of the two day event. The course will allow students to: 1. Acquire understanding of the issues and constituencies which influence the processes and delivery of design and theoretical aspects of project and practice management.

ESSAY SUBMISSION: Rachel Leatherbarrow

2. Understand the concept of professional responsibility and the legal, statutory, and ethical implications of the title of architect.

Contract Navigators : Nikoletta & Zoe

3. Introduce students to the roles and responsibilities of the architect in relation to the organisation, administration and management of an architectural project.

Co- ordinator: Rachel

4. Develop an awareness and understanding of the financial matters wearing upon the creation and construction of built forms.

Response Team: Oliver & Richard

5. Develop an awareness of the changing nature of the construction industry, interrelationships between individuals and organisations involved in building modern day building procurement.

Day 2

EXAM & DRAWING SUBMISSION:

Rachel Leatherbarrow Faith Wood LO1 = An understanding of practice management and codes of professional conduct in the context of the construction industry. LO2 - An understanding of roles and responsibilities of individuals and organisations within architectural project procurement and contract administration, including knowledge of how cost control mechanisms operate within an architectural project. LO3 - An understanding of the influence of statutory, legal and professional responsibilities as relevant to architectural design projects

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 69


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTRACT GAME

AMPL - THE CONTRACT GAME

ISSUE OF ARCHITECTS

COMPLETED IN COLLABORATION WITH: Richard Fleming, Niki Michael, Oliver Hensely, Zoe Herbert

Scenario 18 - Contractor E-mail

CERTIFICATE:

Scenario 13 - Client E-mail

Scenario 18

Scenario Description:

Scenario Description:

A Lamb Team X Architectural Partnership 2 The Streets Tweedie Dew 3 June 2014

Team X Architectural Partnership 2 The Streets Tweedie Dew 28 July 2014

The contract game provided a valuable

Dear Sirs/Mesdames

learning experience with regard to both

Dear Sandy

VET SCHOOL, BORWICK

teamwork and understanding the role of the

BORDER COLLEGE VETERINARY SCHOOL, BORWICK

We are in receipt of your Architects Instruction No. 16, stating:

architect in construction management.

“Cease operations upon mechanical ventilation and air conditioning extract ductwork and outlets in the vicinity of the opening windows of library. Provide alternative proposals that maintain separation of duct outlets from windows by at least the minimum amount stated within the CIBSE regulations and technical guidance referred to in the Building Regulations relating to anti-Legionella measures. Revised proposals should be mindful of the conditions of the Planning consent for the development, which does not allow“the extension of any duct, chimney or building element above parapet height”.

The intensity of the two days allowed us to cover a board range of articles exposing us

We have investigated the matter and find that if we are to make the changes you propose, within the limitations stated above, we will need to reroute the ductwork across the plant room and exhaust the ventilation on the other side of the building.

to all sections of the contract. We attained

ISSUE OF

an understanding of how the contract is

NOTIFICATION OF REVISION TO

worded and structured as well as developing

COMPLETION DATE:

valuable insight into the politics of contractual correspondence.

As you know we submitted our Contractor’s Design Documents in relation to the plumbing and heating works for your approval in accordance with Clause 2.9.4.1 of the contract on 16 February, and you returned them requiring us to make changes, which we did, and which you didn’t accept. We then, at great expense, engaged Messrs Hearth Wind and Fire Consulting Engineers on 21 April to prepare the revised design, which you accepted, by overmarking the drawing with a“B”and providing an explanation of the changes you required on 28 May, which we then undertook to do, on 2 June. Now, during construction of the work, which is to the layout on the approved drawings, you find that our design is not going to be satisfactory to the local council, because the design that you approved seems to diverge from the requirements of the statutory authorities. We do not accept that we have any responsibility to make these changes, without confirmation that we shall be paid for the abortive work. I look forward to hearing from you.

Over the course of the two days the group

Yours faithfully

became competent at switching between the

Sogee Furbil S Furbil On Behalf of Double Felix Construction Ltd

different languages and tones that the various

ISSUE OF

management , as well as an invaluable

Double Felix Construction Ltd Clawmark Row Purton

INSTRUCTION:

experience in aspects of running a job,

Best regards Wally Walter Duggs The Border College Trust North Roof Side Borwick

Walter Duggs The Border College Trust North Roof Side Borwick

[Oct 27 2016 3:42PM - Action to Contractor]

ARCHITECTS

I look forward to receiving your advice on this.

[Oct 27 2016 12:10PM - Note to Client/Employer]

Scenario 18 History:

site measures was an insight into project

Accordingly we are a bit tight for money this month, so I would like you to delay the issue of the next payment certificate from 10 to 16 June, to allow us to pay within fourteen days and on time. It seems to me to be a good solution. After all what can the contractor do about it if the certificate is not issued on time? I am sure that there cannot be any consequences for your ability to keep an eye on the quality of the contract works if you can do that. We can make up the deficit over in the next couple of Architect’s Certificates, once our own cash flow situation is resolved.

Scenario 13 History:

Team response:

The chronological approach to likely on-

A situation has arisen with which we need your assistance. Border College, as part of their ongoing expansion programme into the Eastern European veterinary market, is going through a funding request to central government at present.The difficulty is that we have a date that needs to be hit, at which time funding has to be in our account. This date is on 20 June 2014. If you issue you certificate on the due date, we will have to pay the sum before 25 June, bringing us into the red, which will not look good to the Treasury Office during their audit. It really is necessary for us to present the best possible financial picture at this time.

Team response:

correspondence to different members of the design team required.

Scenario 13

works,

28 July 2014

3rd June 2014

programme of works and the financial and

Dear Sogee,

Dear Wally,

contingent matters of construction.

Please refer to clause 2.17.2.1, which states that in the case of a divergence between the Statutory requirements and any CDP documents, you as the contractor must comply at no cost to the employer. Additionally, Clause 2.17.1 of the contract states that you are required to propose amendments it is your responsibility to remove this divergence in order to align with statutory requirements.

I am contractually obliged to issue the certificate within 5 days of the specified date (the 10th of every month) under clause 4.10.1 of the contract and we can therefore not issue it on the 16th as you have requested. Clause 4.12.1 entitles the contractor to suspend performance of his obligations if payment is not made within 14 days of the certificates due date (24th June) regardless of whether I delay my issue of the interim certificate. The consequences of late payment will be extensive extra cost and possible delay to the project, so I advise you to keep up to date on payments despite the Treasury Office’s audit during this time.

including

the

carrying

out

of

The sheer volume of scenarios ensured there

Kind regards,

was an urgency to each scenario, forcing the

Sandy Lamb Team 9 Architectural Partnership

group to seek quick solutions to teamwork

Kind regards, Sandy Lamb Team 9 Architectural Partnership

conflicts in a focused professional manner.

Correspondence with Contractor

RIGHT: Extracts of two of the 36 scenarios

Correspondence with Client

which the team completed :

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 70


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO A

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTRACT GAME

AMPL -PROCUREMENT REFLECTIONS

WHOLE TEAM

AMPL - CONTRACT GAME REFLECTION TEAM FORMATION:

A Reflection on how a different form of procurement and contract would have had an impact on the delivery of the scenario project in relation to time, cost and quality.

Read scenario

The following reflection will consider the theories of Tuckman’s ‘Linear development sequence for small groups’ (Tuckman, 1965) in tandem

Navigate the contract to the find relevant section

with Gersick’s group work development model of a ‘Punctuated

Set up initial email templates

In order to determine an appropriate route of procurement for a

Equilibrium’ (Gersick,1991) to analyse the team’s development

construction project, it is crucial that a series of performance targets

throughout the game.

are established which best satisfy the expectations of the employer. Identification of Specific contractual clauses

Having never worked together previously the team initially struggled

Co-ordinator Liaison

with the interdependent nature of the task. This was evident in

Download and Complete supporting documents if required

Generally each procurement method places emphasis on the relative importance of time, cost and quality (Clamp, Cox and Lupton 2012). Within the narrative of the contract game, the procurement route for

individual’s reluctance to rely on other team members research, Completion of letter referencing contract clauses

demonstrated in the filling out of the contract particulars. Rather than subdividing this task into sections, each member drafted their own

the Veterinary College had already been established as Traditional, thus placing an empathise on quality over time as indicated by its

Fig. 2.1 Time, Cost, Quality Matrix

position within the time, cost, quality matrix (ref. fig.2.1).

version and reviewed them with the rest of the group the following morning. CO- ORDINATOR

Navigate the online server to submit response

Under the terms of Traditional procurement, a Standard Building Contract with Quantities was applied in which both the Architect

Although this was an effective way to ensure that everyone was familiar

CONTRACT NAVIGATORS

with the contractual information, it was highly inefficient in respect

Alert controller

and Contractor were under direct employment by the client (ref. fig. 2.2). Under this contractual framework the role of the Architect was

to time management and establishing group cohesion. Thus it was

to carry out the design, cost control, and contract administration.

RESPONSE TEAM

only with the release of the second scenario that our team began the

The contractor’s role is limited to carrying out the works, with the

crucial processes of orientation, testing roles, and learning to become

fig 1.6 Revised: hierarchical system of sub-teams

dependant on one another. This aligns with Tuckerman’s first phase

Fig. 1.7 Phase two - Scenario Response

materials. (The Joint Contracts Tribunal Limited 2011).

Co-Ordinator: Rachel

of group development ‘Forming’ (ref. fig 1.1) in which the collective

responsibility of the latter only extending to workmanship and

Contract Navigators: Zoe & Nikoletta

tasks, rules and methods of the group are established. (Tuckman,

Response Team: Oliver & Richard

This appraisal will consider how several of the contract scenarios

1965).

may have played out had the route of Design and Build procurement (hereafter referred to as D&B) using a JCT 2011 DB contract been

NORMING & PERFORMING:

Contract Navigators : Nikoletta & Zoe

The major structural changes and assignment of roles initiated during

applied in place of Traditional procurement, with particular focus on the extent to which the Architect’s role would have changed and how It may have affected the timescale, total cost and quality of the

Co- ordinator: Rachel

the transition period (ref. fig.1.6) resulted in a shift in the team’s work

building’s construction.

approach; a clear protocol began to emerge upon receiving each

TIME

scenario (ref. fig.1.7). The team would collectively read the scenario, with one member beginning to format the response templates, whilst the remaining members searched for the relevant section in

The main feature of Traditional procurement is that the design process

the contract. Once the specific clauses had been ascertained this

is separate from construction. Full documentation is required before Response Team: Oliver & Richard

information would be relayed back to the response team. If any additional documentation was required one of the researchers would

the contractor can be invited to tender for carrying out the work (The Joint Contracts Tribunal Limited 2011). In relation to the Veterinary

source this, and forward it to the response team. The group’s draft

Day 1 No role allocation

would then be checked for consistency by the co-ordinator before being submitted to the controller who would then be alerted.

Day 2 Fig. 1.8 Re-configuration of seating attuned to project roles

College this meant that design and construction were separate sequential processes, thus the overall programme for the project was relatively long.

fig 2.4. Hypothetical application of A D&B procurement contractual relationship in theVeterinary College project

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 71


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CONTRACT GAME

AMPL -PROCUREMENT REFLECTIONS

CONCLUSION Design and Build would have served as a viable option of procurement offering several advantages to the construction of the Veterinary College. Its integrated approach and single point responsibility would

BIBLIOGRAPHY [SELECT]

have made for a shorter building programme than its counterpart of traditional procurement, characterized by fragmentation of the

Chappell, D. (2006). “Contractual Correspondence for Architects and Project Managers”, 4th Edition. 1st ed. John Wiley & Sons.

design team and project members in producing the construction product (King 2001).

Clamp, H. Stanley,C. Lupton, S (2012). “Which Conract? Choosing the appropriate building contract”. London: RIBA Publishing.

Arguably D&Bs integrated system could have negated the litigious problems, lack of cost certainty cost, and the strained relationships

Colenso, M. (1997), “High Performing Teams-in Brief”, Oxford:Routledge

which occurred between project members during the construction

Constantine, L. (1993) “Work organization: paradigms for project management and organization”. Comunications of the ACM 36 (10) :35-43

by omitting the legal requirement of the contractor to attain formal permissions from the contract administrator.

Gersick, C. J. G. (1988). “Time an transition in work teams: Toward a new model of group development.” Academy of Management Journal 31 (1): 9-41.

However, there would have been an element of quality control

Joint Contracts Tribunal Limited . (2011). “Deciding on the appropriate JCT contract 2011”. JCT, London :Sweet & Maxwell.

required, as this procurement method would have introduced a

King, A. Knight, A, Griffith, A (2001), “Understanding the dynamics of novation: a contractor’s perspective”. School of Environment and Development, Sheffield Hallam University

high degree of uncertainty over design and quality, particularly if insufficient attention was paid initially to the preparation of the client’s requirements and the checking of the contractor’s proposals.

fig 2.2. Flow diagram showing the contractual relationship of Traditional procurement applied to the Veterinary college project

RIBA. (2013) “The-Architect-In-Practice” -8th-Edition. London: RIBA Tuckman, B. (1965). “Developmental Sequence in Small Groups.” Psychological Bulletin (American Psychological Association) 63 (6): 384-99.

The project followed an erratic programme in which the contract profile of the Client continually shifted its priorities between scenarios

LIST OF FIGURES. [SELECT]

fluctuating from cost to quality dependent on the client’s funding and solvency which remained unstable throughout the narrative. As a result of this the Client proposed multiple changes to the design across the scenarios, which the traditional route of procurement was able to facilitate, as the Architect retained design control throughout and impartial valuations could be made.

Fig. 1.1

Authors own (2016), Tuckman’s Linear development sequence for small groups [Diagram]

Fig. 1.2

Authors own (2016), Group 9’s structure in relationship to alternative organization paradigms Adapted from Constantine, L. (1993) “Work organization: paradigms for project management and organization”. Comunications of the ACM 36 (10) p37 [Diagram]

Fig. 1.4 Authors own (2016), Gersick’s Punctuated Equilibrium Model, adapted from Gersick, C. (1988). “Time an transition in work teams: Toward a new model of group development.” Academy of Management Journal 31 (1) p9 [Diagram]

D&B could not have provided this degree of flexibility, as the Client would have no direct control over the development of the contractor’s

Fig 2.2. Authors own (2016) [Diagram] showing the contractual relationship of Traditional procurement applied to the Veterinary college project

detail design. In this respect, a traditional contract would have been the preferable option, as flexibility remains high with risk to the client notably lower than other forms of procurement. Fig .2.5 A comparative Radar Map comparing Traditional / D&B procurement methods

Fig 2.3 Authors own (2016) [Diagram] Comparative table of Plan of work Stages, adapted from Clamp, H. Stanley,C. Lupton, S (2012). “Which Conract? Choosing the appropriate building contract”. London: RIBA Publishing.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 72


MArch I

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO C

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

EXAM

AMPL - EXAM COMPLETED IN COLLABORATION WITH FAITH WOOD QUESTION 1: FORM OF BUSINESS Note from Practice Formation meeting: We need as a fledgling practice to consider clearly our ‘form of business’ options. Our accountant has suggested three potential business forms for us to consider, without particularly going into detail on any. Limited Liability Partnership, Limited Company or a Co-operative. Can you investigate the above 'form of business' options and provide a brief critical appraisal of their advantages and disadvantages. Look at key factors, such as business structure, professional liability, tax and administrative duties etc. Conclude by making a recommendation as to which 'form of business' we should adopt and how this might shape the future direction of the practice. Should we be considering a hierarchical or flat organisational structure? Are there any ethical issues we should consider in deciding on a form of business?

ANSWER SUMMARY: As well as the three forms of business suggested by our accountant, there are two other main forms: the sole practitioner and the partnership. However both of these forms of business are considered as fairly out-dated methods of practice and are high-risk options, with unlimited liability to the extent of all personal and business assets and therefore not a viable option for us. The first of the recommended forms of business is the Limited Liability Partnership. An LLP creates a separate legal entity and liability is not joint or several, therefore is limited to the capital and assets of the business, unless an individual is clearly at fault. The structure of an LLP insists that one must register with Companies House and submit annual accounts that are made available to the public. Although this requires thorough record keeping which would need to be done by ourselves, it could be seen as a positive, as potential clients generally admire a more transparent way of accounting and for this reason, LLP’s could be seen as more credible form of business than a traditional partnership. As an LLP, we as individuals would be required to register as self employed within 3 months of setting up and in terms of income tax and capital gains tax would be treated as a traditional partnership. The second of the recommended forms of business is the Limited Company (LTD). Similarly to an LLP, liability is limited to the value of each member’s shareholding. We would be required to register with Companies House and submit annual accounts, available to the public. Although this requires more time spent on bookkeeping, like the LLP, it is generally perceived as a more credible way of accounting. All staff would be salaried and shareholders would share any profits made at the end of the financial year in accordance with their shareholding. In addition to Income Tax and National Insurance we would also be required to pay Corporation Tax, however there are opportunities for some tax benefits by retaining profits in the company or making pension payments which can result in overall less tax than a partnership.

The third of the recommended forms of business is the Co-operative. Unlike LLP’s or LTD’s all members are shareholders and therefore all responsibilities and rewards of the business are shared between all members. Additionally all members share liability, confined to the amount of the member’s shareholding. This form of practice would be perceived as a social statement and could give us some credibility, however to register with the Register of Friendly Societies under the Industrial and Provident Societies Act 1965-87, we would need more than 7 members which we do not need with our current scope of work. Therefore this would not be a viable form of practice for us at this stage. As a result we are to decide between setting up a Limited Liability Partnership or a Limited Company. As stated above there are clear advantages and disadvantages of each, however the decision comes down to the flexibility of each forms of business, which would ultimately affect our future development as a practice. A LLP is less flexible than a Limited Company and provides more challenges when future development is considered. A LLP would need to be dissolved and reformed when any partner leaves or joins and would therefore make it harder to grow and incorporate new directors. Whilst as a LTD, we would be able to sell or pass on shares of the business, allowing the business to grow more easily. Another consideration for us as a new architectural practice would be our ethical stance. In addition to the ARB and RIAS Codes of Professional Conduct and Practice that we are required to abide by as registered architects, we must consider the happiness and wellbeing of any future staff members as well as ourselves as directors. Therefore in our practice we propose to foster an appreciation of how happiness happens whilst promoting aspirational planning for life enhancement through out design propositions. [CONCLUSION]

months. This should include the likely projected phasing of receipts and payments. However, as we are a new practice, we are not able to provide all of the above therefore we will need to prepare a business plan which will serve as a vision document to prove how our business will be profitable. The Outline Business plan will need to be a professional and succinct document with a cover page and table of contents. It should contain the following nine sections that I have broken down below. SECTION 1: THE EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This will be a short summary of our key facts and figures, articulating the durability of the business plan and why we would be a good investment for the bank. Here we must set out the ambition and brand, describing the architectural services we will provide and our unique selling point. We must identify who our clients will be; The Leith Community Benefit Trust, and what sector of the industry we will target. Here we will include that the cost of construction work for the project is £2.1m and our agreed fee is £140,000. Additionally we must identify cost and market requirements. SECTION 2: THE INDUSTRY, THE COMPANY, THE SERVICE This section should detail our knowledge of the industry, the company and the service we intend to offer. As a start up practice, we could make ourselves more attractive to prospective clients by offering additional services such as planning consultation and project management, giving our business a unique selling point in a highly competitive market. It is important that we demonstrate to the bank an understanding of the economy relating to our business. For this we will look at the latest construction output trend by the Glenigan Forecast 201617 which points towards private house building as the dominant sector. Therefore it may be worth tailoring our target market towards the strongest sectors such as these. Political, economic, social cultural, technological, legal and environmental factors should also be taken into account.

With all these considerations in mind, I therefore propose that we set up a Limited Company with a hierarchical organisational system, with each director initially having an equal share in the business. This allows us the flexibility to grow and develop as a successful and potentially international architectural practice and gives us credibility as a financially transparent company, despite the added administrative duties that this poses. Additionally we will be able to benefit from the associated tax systems by retaining profits in the company or paying into pensions whilst benefitting from the PAYE system, avoiding sudden large tax demands at a later date. In addition to all these practical benefits, our moral proposition in practice will be to foster an appreciation of happiness in the workplace, ensuring we offer the fundamental requirements for a good life.

SECTION 3: MARKET RESEARCH

QUESTION 2 – BUSINESS PLAN

Here we will demonstrate an awareness of our financial responsibilities such as Subscriptions to organisations and member’s fees for RIBA and ARB. We will detail the potential incomings and outgoings, forecasting income in the next 12 months and outlining a 5 year forecast for our finances. As we will be a LTD company we will need to be register with Companies House and submit our annual accounts to be audited. Detailing of budget overheads. Detail how calculations of income per architectural staff member, plus income per year member of all staff and the percentage of non-

We would like to make a pitch to a bank for some additional start-up funding to see us through the first year until as we hope, regular fees start to come in after the completion of the Leith ‘Ideas Store’ commission. Can you please prepare an outline summary business plan which considers questions the bank is likely to ask in relation to our start-up? Please provide a short paragraph of relevant content in each of the business plan sections proposed.

ANSWER SUMMARY: In order to secure funding, lenders will typically require copies of the business’ profit and loss account and its balance sheet along with details of its projected cash-flow forecast for the next 6-12

Here we will address the market research our business has and will undertake. We must also demonstrate our knowledge of competitors by identifying and aligning ourselves to other young architectural practices in Edinburgh, giving the bank direct comparisons and confidence in our proposal. We must set out how we will ensure the viability of our service which would be done through surveys of potential clients and existing practices. SECTION 9: FINANCIAL PLAN & INVESTMENT OFFERING

fee earning time CDP.

REFERENCES [SELECT] ARB, Architects Code: Standards of Conduct and Practice, Architect’s Legal Handbook Architect’s Guide to Running a Job

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 73


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO A

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DRAWING SUBMISSION

AMPL LO3 DRAWING

Bui l di ng

R e gu l at i on :

Me ans

of

E s c ap e

C onst r uc t ion

This module details an original drawn analysis of a selected precedent that studies and describes the precedents response to a specified legislative requirement.

The high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety Steep Quarry Edge Humid Tropics Biome

Link Building - Visitors Centre

The Eden Project by Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners is analysed with respect Writing the Law: Where the architects have succeeded in writing regulations, and enacting those laws through their designs.

Mediterranean Tropics Biome

Time (mins)

a challenge. Located in a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known as 'biomes', set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled biomes, and a visitor centre which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ carefully controlled climates.

Ignition Detection

A prescriptive code approach would have classified these buildings as 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the code guidance for assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional public buildings. Many aspects of this project are beyond the intended scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach was adopted to ensure the functional requirements of the Building Regulations were met without hindering the design intent. AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: "A fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide an alternative approach to fire safety. It may be the only viable way to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large and complex buildings. "

Evacuation begins

Evacuation complete Disabled Evacuation complete

Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy from first principles. The fundamental basis of the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that provision of fire safety measures should always be assessed against this. The key factors that support this assumption include the following: • The scale of the spaces – very large, open structures and so are less likely to develop untenable conditions in the event of a fire than in a conventional low rise space • The scarcity of ignition sources • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates • A high degree of management and staff training

The drawings focused on two themes: ‘Building Regulation - Means of Escape’ & ‘Construction and Design Management’. A series of speculative drawings were produced which explored how the design would have

Figure 1: Site Plan 1:5000 KEY FACTS: Largest Biome: Humid Tropics Building type: Assembly Fire Strategy: Performance-based fire engineering approach Area of Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 Height: 50m Occupancy: 1,400 Relative Humidity: 85% Temperature: 35-40 °C

changed had a prescriptive code approach been adopted .

The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly unfamiliar with the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards which stipulate that this method of evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which users are familiar with the layout such as offices or residential buildings.

Smoke Layer descends to 20 meters

Smoke Layer descends to head height at upper levels Smoke Layer descends to head height at lower levels

The key targets for the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the structure within 6 minutes of fire detection (a figure used in railway station design). - Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire scenario occurring.

and

Manage me nt

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Figure 2 : Fire Event Time-line for Evacuation of the Humid Tropics Biome

Tested Scenarios performed by Arup Fire in which a fire will be located in the lowest part of the biome resulting in the greatest plume height and hence the largest smoke production rate.

Fire And Rescue Service Access (Supplementary Annexe 14.1) states that because the building footprint is larger than 900m2, vehicle access would be required from more than one elevation for ladders and hydraulic platforms to be used, and to enable pumping appliances to supply water and equipment for fire-fighting and rescue activities.

40m

Fig 3.1- Instantaneous 5MW fire

However due to the Eden project’s unusual setting in a former quarry, access from all elevations was not possible and instead pedestrian access for Fire and Rescue Service personnel was required, consisting of paved footpaths at least 900mm wide to all principal entrances of the building (Figure 1). This provides safe access for Fire and Rescue Service Personnel at low level without the need for access tunnels.

20m

Fig 3 .2- Height of Smoke layer at 16 minutes

15m

Fig 3.3 - Height of Smoke layer at 20 minutes

Figure 2: Cast Steel Nodes on Exterior Facade (Above)

Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance.

Figures 3.1 to 3.3 : Diagrammatic Study of Smoke modelling calculations for a Shamba hut fire within the Humid Tropics Biome

Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)

Giant vents are used to draw in cool air for ETFE cushions located externally at ground level for easy access, reducing the need to work at height.

Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the Humid Tropics Biome

The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps would significantly increase evacuation times - this was factored into the overall evacuation time

RIGHT: X2 A1 SUBMISSION

D e sig n

C as e Study : The E d e n Proj e c t 2 0 0 1 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners

C as e Study : The E de n Proj e c t 2001 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners

Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders to summon help and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them

Suppression suitable for the space & hazard: Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts reducing the frequency of large scale fires

To provide adequate escape in accordance with Building Regulations for Fire in

All fire and emergency systems and devices are located at low level throughout the biome, allowing easy access for maintenance and cleaning. The regulations state that fire escape signs should be mounted above doors and at a height of between 2m and 2.5m from floor level. Signs on doors and walls should be between 1.7 and 2m from floor level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project, most fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from floor level and mounted on large tyres to enable staff to easily position them around the routes of the biome as there are no walls or floors for signage to be practically fixed to.

Non domestic buildings, Section 2.9.9, pressurised escape tunnels would have been required in the Humid tropics biome, cutting through the side of the quarry to provide exits from the higher levels of the biome (as illustrated in Figures 5 & 6). This would have resulted in high construction costs, and occupants being expected to queue at the upper levels of the biome, possibly in a smoke layer, to enter a tunnel. Using evacuation and smoke modelling (Figures 2&3) Arup Fire were able to prove that it would be better for occupants to walk longer distances away from a smoke layer to lower exits, than to provide tunnels.

According to the regulations, escape lighting should be installed in all protected zones and in unprotected zones in all parts of the building with a storey height of more than 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have emergency lighting attached to the ceiling of the biomes due to difficulty of testing and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a pedestrian level beneath the canopy of the vegetation, low level emergency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for maintenance workers.

This shifted the performance assessment of the evacuation provisions away from the distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points serve as the evacuation exits for the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which are located at low level on the south elevation.

BS 5588: Part 10 Section 8 procedure of a management evacuation policy for assisted escape is enforced with 20 members of trained staff patrolling the biome to reduce ignition hazards and detection times

According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways is approximately 260m. The meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and compensate for extended travel distances. Detection within the spaces uses a combination of staff and occupant alert by manual break-glass units and emergency help points. It was decided that an automatic detection system was not necessary for the space, due to the high degree of management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, with tall obstructions, high humidity, and the potential for stratification.

Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass point and low level, portable fire escape signage

Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place

Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting located around all meandering routes of the biomes

Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Key Longest travel distance approximately 260m

Main exits are 1.2m wide. Conforming to BS 5588 for an Assembly building . This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a capacity of 100 ppm.

Fire Extinguisher

Designated Fire Exit

Trained patrol staff

Break glass Points/ help points

Safe Zone

Evacuation Warning Sounders

Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.

Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome and its vegetation in the case of a false activation Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction

Local Low level Fire

Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access scaffolding and abseilers

Suppression system ( Sprinklers)

Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy As Existing - Floor Plan 1:500 Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)

Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)

Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)

Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)

Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section

Scale- 1: 1000

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m

Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section

Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1

Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting

Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.

Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement

Scale- 1: 1000

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2

Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex) Escape stairs should be enclosed within a protected zone, with an associated protected lobby (Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximum 12000m2 with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system and smoke reservoir above

Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 (Section 3.8) Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heat detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction

Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Plan

Scale- 1: 1000

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m

Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2

Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of heat and smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1

According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire

Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 and its implications on the maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome

Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17

Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 74


G r: i m M s hea w B u i Al rdc ihni tge c tRs e: gN ui clhaotl ai so n a n&s Poa rf t nEe sr sc a p e

maximum travel may be no more t Time (mins) travel. However esti he high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety C a s e MArch S t I u dDESIGN y : STUDIO T h e C E d e ATR n P r oDESIGN j e c STUDIO t 2 D0 0 1 SC[R] AT MArch II DESIGN STUDIO A AMPL DESIGN STUDIO B DESIGN REPORT part o is approximately a challenge. Located in a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known as 1 Ignition Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners produ 'biomes', set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled biomes, and a visitor centre locations was onl 2 DRAWING SUBMISSION c ap e which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ carefully controlled climates. Steep Quarry Edge compensate for ex [BUILDING REGULATION - MEANS OF ESCAPE] DetectionTime (mins) 3 ested Scena he high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety 4part of the bi 1 A prescriptive approach would have classified theseProject buildings as 'assembly' However, much Humid Tropics Biome a challenge. Located incode a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden consists of linkedoccupancy. geodesic domes, known as of the 1 Detection within Ignition Evacuation begins 5production ra guidance for face. assembly from theatres, and morebiomes, conventional public centre buildings. Many 'biomes',code set into the rock Therebuildings are threederives main structures: two stadiums, climate-controlled and a visitor 2 manual break-gla aspects of this project beyond the scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. 6 which serves as a link buildingare separating theintended biomes’ carefully controlled climates. Steep Quarry Edge Time (mins) Tested Scenarios performed by Arup Fire in which a was fire will be locatedtoinensure the lowest The high occupancy numbers and unusualDetection design for Cornwall's Eden The high occupancy numbers and unusual design for Cornwall's Eden project has made engineering for fire safety 3 project automatic detecti Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach adopted the functional requirements of the 7 part of the biome resulting in the greatest plume height and hence the largest smoke a challenge. Located in a former quarry in Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known as has made engineering for fire safety a challenge. Located in a former quarry in 1 Link Building - Visitors CentreIgnition Building Regulations 4 management and were met without hindering the designasintent. A prescriptive code approach would have classified these buildings 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the production rate. 'biomes', set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled biomes, a visitor centre Humidand Tropics Biome 8 2 Cornwall, The Eden Project consists of linked geodesic domes, known which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ carefully controlled climates. Evacuation begins 5as 'biomes', obstructions, high code guidance for assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional public buildings. Many Detection 3 9 set into the rock face. There are three main structures: two climate-controlled AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: aspects of this project 6 4 are beyond the intended scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. A prescriptive code approach would have classified these buildings as 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the Evacuation complete 10 biomes, and a an visitor centre which serves as a link building separating the biomes’ "A fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide alternative Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach was adopted to ensure the functional requirements of the Evacuation begins 5 code guidance for assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional public buildings. ManyTropics Biome Mediterranean 7 11 carefully controlled climates. A prescriptive code approach have classified Disabledwould Evacuation 40m Link Building - Visitors Centre to6 fire safety. may behindering the only viable way intent. to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large aspects of this project are beyond the intended scope of documents such as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. Buildingapproach Regulations were met Itwithout the design 8 complete Therefore a performance-based fire engineering approach was adopted to ensure the functional requirements of the these buildings as 'assembly' occupancy. However, much of the code guidance 12 for 7 buildings. " and complex Building Regulations were met without hindering the design intent. Key 9 public 8 assembly buildings derives from theatres, stadiums, and more conventional Fig 13 AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: 9 Evacuation complete 10 buildings. Fig 3.1Instantaneous 5MW fire Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy from first principles. AD B (clause 0.10) notes that: "AEvacuation fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide an alternative 14 complete Mediterranean Tropics Biome 10 "A fire safety engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety package can provide an alternative 11 Lon Disabled Evacuation approach to fire safety. It may be the only viable way to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large 15 11 Disabled Evacuation approach to fire safety. It may be the only viable way to achieve a satisfactory standard of fire safety in some large complete Many aspects of this project are beyond the intended scope of documents such The fundamental basis of the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that provision of fire safety 12 complete and complex buildings. " 12 Smoke Layer descends and complex buildings. " 16 as Approved Document B (AD B) or BS 5588. Therefore performance-based fire measures should always be assessed against this. The key factors that support this assumption include the following: to 20a meters 13 13 De Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy from first principles. engineering approach in wasthe adopted to ensure the functional requirements of 17 the The scale of the spaces – very large, structures and sofrom are less to develop untenable conditions 14 Thus the• project presented an opportunity to open develop a fire strategy firstlikely principles. 14 15 than in a conventional low rise space Building Regulations were met without hindering the design intent. AD B (clause 18 event of a fire 20m The fundamental basis of the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that provision of fire safety 15 Smoke Layer descends 16 • The scarcity sources notes that: 19 measures should always be assessed against this. The key factors that support this assumption include the following: The fundamental basisofofignition the strategy assumes that the biomes are low hazard spaces, and that 0.10) provision of fire safety to 20 meters Smoke Layer descends 16 17 Bre • The scale of the spaces – very large, open structures and so are less likely to develop untenable conditions in the • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates Smoke Layer measures should always be assessed this. factors that support this assumption include the following: Fig 3against .2- Height of SmokeThe layer key at 16 minutes 20 to 20 meters Main exits are 1.2m 18wide. Conforming event of a fire than in a conventional low rise space 17 descends to head • A of high of–building management andstructures staff training fire safetyin engineering approach that takes into account the total fire safety • The scale spaces very large, open and so are less likely to develop untenable "A conditions the to BS 5588 forthe andegree Assembly . • The scarcity of ignition sources 21 19 Fig height at upper levels This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a package can provide an alternative approach to fire safety. It may be the • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates 18only viable event a fire than20in a conventional low rise space Smokeof Layer 22 descends to head capacity of 100 • A high degree of management and staff training The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly way to achieveunfamiliar a satisfactorywith standard of fire safety in some large and • The scarcity ofppm. ignition sources Evacu 19 complex height at upper levels 21 Smoke Layer descends 23 the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards buildings. " Thus the project presented an opportunity to develop a fire strategy 22 • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth rates Smoke Layer to head height at20 Figure 1:isSite 1:5000 The key to the strategy thePlan evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly unfamiliar with 15m Figure 1:safe Site Plan 1:5000 Layer descends 24 which stipulate that this and method oftraining evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which from usersfirstare familiar with the basis ofdescends 23 to head principles. The fundamental the strategy assumes • ASmoke high degree of management staff lower levels that the biomes the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards to head height at 21 24 upper levels should always which stipulateKEY that FACTS: this method of evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which users are familiar with the layout such as offices or residential buildings. lower levels are low hazard spaces, and that provision height of fire at safety measures Fig 3.3 - Height of Smoke layer at 20 minutes layout such as offices orFACTS: residential buildings. 22 KEY Largest Biome: Humid Tropics The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are predominantly unfamiliar be assessed againstwith this. The key factors that support this assumption include the Smoke Layer descends 23 Largest Biome: Humid Tropicsas follows: The key the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: type: Assembly the building. A targets phased for evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards following: The key targetsBuilding for the fire strategy can be summarised to head height at Building type: Assembly - It will be to evacuate the occupants the structure within 6 minutes fire detection (aoffigure used in rail- It will be possible the1:5000 occupants of the structure within 6 minutes of fire detection (a figure used in railFigure 1: toSite Plan Area ofevacuate Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 24to develop which stipulate thatpossible this method of evacuation is onlyofpermissible in buildings in whichofusers are familiar with the • The scale the spaces – very large, open structures and so are less likely lower levels Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy As Existing Floor Plan 1:500 Figure 2 : Figures 3.1 to 3.3 : way station design). Figure 2 : Fig FireStrategy: Strategy: Performance-based engineering approach Fire Performance-based fire engineeringfire approach way station design). Fig layout suchTime-line as offices buildings. untenable conditions in the event of a fire than in a conventional low rise space Fire Event for or residential Diagrammatic Study of Smoke modelling calculations for a Shamba hut fire - Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire Fire Event Time-line for Dia Area of Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire Evacuation of the Humid within the Humid Tropics Biome KEY FACTS: scenario occurring. • The scarcity of ignition sources Evacuation of the Humid wit Tropics Biome 50m Tropics occurring. Largest Height: Biome: Humid The keyscenario targets for the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: • The high humidity levels which make ignition difficult and impedes fire growth Tropics Biome 1,400 BuildingOccupancy: type: Assembly - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the structure figure used in railrates Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 within 6 minutes of fire detection (a Relative Humidity: 85% Figure 2 : Figures 3.1 Fire Strategy: Performance-based fire engineering approach way station design). to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting • A high degree of management and staff training Temperature: 35-40 °C Fire Event Time-line for Diagramm walls and floors - providing a physical Area of Tropical Biome: 18,000m2 - Tenable escape conditionsdoors, will be maintained in the domes for at least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire barrier to a fire (Section 180) Evacuation of the Humid within the Height: 50m scenario occurring. The key to the strategy is the safe evacuation of large numbers of occupants who are T o provide adequate escape in accordance with Building Regulations for Fire in Tropics Biome Occupancy: 1,400 predominantly unfamiliar with the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders to summon Non domestic buildings, Section 2.9.9, pressurised escape tunnels would have been Relative Humidity: 85% help and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards which stipulate that this required and in theallow Humid biome, cutting through the side of the quarry to distances safetropics exit for visitors at the Temperature: 35-40 °C method of evacuation is only permissible in buildings in which users are familiar with

T

T

T

The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps would significantly increase evacuation times - this was factored into the overall evacuation time

T

T

provide exitsoffrom the higher levels 2.9.9) of the biome (as illustrated in Figures 5 & 6). This higher levels the biome (Section Manual break glass callsuch points, communication points and evacuation sounders tofire summon the layout as offices or residential buildings. The key targets for the strategy would have resulted in high construction costs, and occupants being expected to queue Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from help and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them at the upper levels of the biome, possibly in a smoke layer, to enter a tunnel. Using can be summarised as follows: all exits

N r evacuation and smoke modelling (Figures 2&3) Arup Fire were able to prove that it Suppression suitable for the space & hazard: - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the structure within 6 minutes of fire Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts p would be better for occupants to walk longer distances away from a smoke layer to detection (a figure used in railway station design). reducing the frequency of large scale fires o prov lower exits,1:than to provide tunnels. w SCENARIO HUMID TROPICS BIOME SECTION The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders summon - Tenable escape conditions will be maintained in the domestofor at least 10 minutes Non dom Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps help and raise alarm. Located so no should firescenario have to travel more than 45m to reach them a in the event of one the design occurring compartments mayperformance be no larger than 6000m2ofand maximumprovisions distance This shifted the assessment thethe evacuation away from the required would significantly increase evacuation times this was factored into the between protected zones is 32m Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000 Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section Suppression Scale-suitable 1: 1000 e for the space & hazard: distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points overall evacuation time provide e Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 andserve theasmaximum distance between Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an aut Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts the evacuation exits for the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which w ATTRIBUTES reducing the frequency of large scale fires protected zones is 32m form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area GENERAL CRITERIA would hao are located at low level on the south elevation. lo at the up Introduction pressurised escape tunnels According toof BS25588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 11.1 Suppression suitable space 2.4 & hazard: 2.1 for 2.2 the 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.7 evacuatio tomaximum shorten escape and allow safe buildings exit travel distances distance within assembly for a single direction of travel Th Low level Sprinklers in the Shamba huts for visitors at the higher levels of the biome would be 1.2 2.2 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.2 8.2 9.2 10.2 11.2 may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of BS 5588: Part 10 Section 8 procedure of a management d reducing the frequency of large scale fires (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways evacuation policy 4.3 for assisted page 75 lower exi 1.3 2.3 3.3 5.3 escape 6.3 is 7.3enforced 8.3 with 9.3 10.3 11.3 for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex) s 20 members of trained staff patrolling the biome to is approximately 260m. The meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant reduce ignition hazards and detection times Escape stairs should be enclosed within a proa locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and

T


KEY FACTS: Largest Biome: Humid Tropics Building type: Assembly Fire Strategy: Performance-based fire engineering approach MArch I 18,000m2 DESIGN STUDIO Area of Tropical Biome: Height: 50m Occupancy: 1,400 Relative Humidity: 85% Temperature: 35-40 °C

the building. A phased evacuation plan was proposed throughout the biomes, going against Building Standards which stipulate that this methodThis of evacuation is only in buildingsassessment in which users areof familiar with the shifted thepermissible performance the evacuation layout such as offices or residential buildings.

Smoke Layer descends to head height at

scenario occurring.

Evacuation of the Humid Tropics Biome

15m

23

compensate for extended travel distances. doors, walls and floors - providing a physical

barrier to a fire (Section 180) 24 provisions the lower levelsaway from Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape Fig 3.3 - Height of Smoke layer at 20 minutes Detection within the spaces uses a combination staffsafe and occupant by distances andofallow exit for visitorsalert at the distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points Pressurised escape todecided shorten escape higherhelp levels of the tunnel biome 2.9.9) manual break-glass units and emergency points. It was(Section that an The key targets for the fire strategy can be summarised as follows: distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings automatic detection system was not necessary forof the space, due to2.9.9) thefrom high degree of serve as the the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which higher levels the biome (Section - It will be possible to evacuate the occupants of the evacuation structure within 6exits minutesfor of fire detection (a figure used in railall exits Figure 2 : Figures 3.1 to 3.3 : management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, way station design). Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from with tall are locatedin the at domes low for level on theAT south elevation. ATR - Tenable escapeDESIGN MArchforII DESIGNStudy STUDIO A AMPL STUDIO obstructions, B DESIGN REPORT Fire Event Time-line Diagrammatic of Smoke modelling calculations for a Shamba hutDESIGN fire conditions willSTUDIO be maintainedD at SC[R] least 10 minutes in the event of the design fire all exits for stratification. high humidity, and the potential

Figure 1: Site Plan 1:5000

C

within the Humid Tropics Biome

DRAWING SUBMISSION According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000 [BUILDING REGULATION - MEANS OF ESCAPE] Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel Key Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000 protected zones is 32m Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of protected zones is 32m Fire Extinguisher Longest travel distance approximately 260m Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels To provide adequate escape in accordance with Building Regulations for Fire in to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways Manual break glass call points, communication points and evacuation sounders to summon Introduction 2 pressurised for visitors atofthe higher levelsescape of thetunnels biome Non domestic buildings, Section 2.9.9, pressurised escape tunnels would have been and raise alarm. Located so no one should have to travel more than 45m to reach them to shorten escape distancesFire andSafety allow safepatrol exit staff (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Guidance Designated Fire Exit Trained is approximately 260m. The help meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant required in the Humid tropics biome, cutting through the side of the quarry to for Assembly visitors atBuildings, the higherTechnical levels of the biome for Annex) provide exits from the higher levels of the biome (as illustrated in Figures 5 & 6). This (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and Escape stairs should be enclosed a profor Assembly Buildings, Technicalwithin Annex) would have resulted in high construction costs, and occupants being expected to queue tected zone, with an associated protected lobby Break glass Points/ help points Safe Zone compensate for extended travel distances.Main exits are 1.2m wide. Conforming at the upper levels of the biome, possibly in a smoke layer, to enter a tunnel. Using Escape stairs should be enclosed within a pro(Section 3.8)

The change in height due to the biome being set into the side of the old quarry presented a challenge as the travel speeds across stairs and ramps would significantly increase evacuation times - this was factored into the overall evacuation time

Suppression suitable for the space & hazard: to BS 5588 for an Assembly building . Low level Sprinklers This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a in the Shamba huts capacity of 100 ppm. reducing the frequency of large scale fires

evacuation and smoke modelling (Figures 2&3) Arup Fire were able to prove that it would be better for occupants to walk longer distances away from a smoke layer to lower exits, than to provide tunnels.

Detection within the spaces uses a combination of staff and occupant alert by manual break-glass units and emergency help points. It was decided that an This shifted the performance assessment of the evacuation provisions away from the automatic detection system was not necessary for the space, due to the high degree of distance travelled to the actual time taken to evacuate the building. Five exit points serve as the evacuation exits for the building’s anticipated 1400 occupants, all of which management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, with tall are located at low level on the south elevation. Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy As Existing - Floor Plan 1:500 obstructions, high humidity, and the potential for stratification.

BS 5588: Part 10 Section 8 procedure of a management evacuation policy for assisted escape is enforced with 20 members of trained staff patrolling the biome to reduce ignition hazards and detection times

Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)

Key Longest travel distance approximately 260m Designated Fire Exit Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section

Trained patrol staff

Scale- 1: 1000

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m Break glass Points/ help points

Safe Zone

Evacuation Warning Sounders Main exits are 1.2m wide. Conforming to BS 5588 for an Assembly building . This is equivalent to 2 lanes per exit, a capacity of 100 ppm.

tected zone, with an associated protected lobby (Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximumLocal 6000m2 Low level Fire Evacuation Warning Sounders(Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximumSuppression 6000m2 system (Section 3.8) ( Sprinklers) Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of travel. However it can be seen from the plan that the longest route along the pathways is approximately 260m. The meandering routes in the biome resulting from plant locations was only allowed with additional low level signage to direct visitors and compensate for extended travel distances.

Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)

Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the Detection within the spaces uses a combination of staff and occupant alert by higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9) Fire Extinguisher

Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome LowFirelevel (Section 2.9.9Local of Practical SafetyFire Guidance for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex)

Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting

manual break-glass units and emergency help points. It was decided that an doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180) automatic detection system was not necessary for the space, due to the high degree of Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000 Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from management and the inefficiency of typical systems in a space of this scale, with tall Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 andallthe maximum distance between exits Scenariohigh 1: humidity, Humid Tropics Biome for Plan Scale- 1: 1000 obstructions, and the potential stratification.

protected zones is 32m regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between Ahereing to compartment protected zones is 32m

Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section

Key

Scale- 1: 1000

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2 Longest travel distance approximately 260m

Fire Extinguisher

Designated Fire Exit

Trained patrol staff

Break glass Points/ help points

Safe Zone

Suppression system

Escape stairs should be enclosed within a protected zone, with an associated protected lobby ( Sprinklers) (Section 3.8) Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 (Section 3.8)

Evacuation Warning Sounders

Local Low level Fire

Compartmentation of maximum 12000m2 with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system and smoke reservoir above

Suppression system ( Sprinklers)

Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section:

Ahereing to compartment regulation for aAs Existing - Floor Plan 1:500 Figure 4: Humid Tropics Biome Fire Strategy standard assembly building

Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180)

Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area

Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)

Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9)

Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Section

Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting Scenario 1: Humid Tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000 doors, walls floors - providing a physical Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger thanand 6000m2 and the maximum distance between barrier to a fire (Section 180) protected zones is 32m Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section Scale- 1: 1000

Scale- 1: 1000

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building in which compartments may be no larger than 6000m2 and the maximum distance between protected zones is 32m

GENERAL CRITERIA Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Section

Scale- 1: 1000

Smoke Reservoir - mechanical ventilation to emit smoke build up in the biome Automatic Fire Suppression System - Sprinkler System to cover biome area Pressurised escape tunnel to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9) Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 to limit the severity of fire with fire-resisting doors, walls and floors - providing a physical barrier to a fire (Section 180) Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Scenario 2: Humid tropics Biome Plan Scale- 1: 1000 SCENARIO TROPICS BIOME PLAN assembly building with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system throughout the biome in the Ahereing2:toHUMID compartment regulation for a standard Ahereing regulation a standard assemblyextract, building with the themaximum introduction fireincrease suppression system throughout form to of acompartment sprinkler system and smokefor reservoir and mechanical allowing area of of an anyautomatic compartment to 12000m2 the ofbiome in the fire form of a sprinkler system and and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area of any compartment Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction an automatic suppression system throughout thesmoke biome inreservoir the Fire Protection Zones at 32m spacings from form of a sprinkler system and smoke reservoir and mechanical extract, allowing the maximum area any compartment increase to 12000m2 increase toof12000m2 Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17 all exits

Introduction of 2 pressurised escape tunnels to shorten escape distances and allow safe exit for visitors at the higher levels of the biome (Section 2.9.9 of Practical Fire Safety Guidance for Assembly Buildings, Technical Annex)

ATTRIBUTES

Escape stairs should be enclosed within a pro-

Ahereing to compartment regulation for a standard assembly building with the introduction ofassociated an automatic tected zone, with an protected lobby fire suppression system throughout the biome in the (Section 3.8) 1.1a sprinkler 2.1 3.1system 4.1 and5.1smoke 6.1reservoir 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 extract, 11.1 allowing the form of and mechanical maximum area of any compartment increase to 12000m2 1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

Compartmentation of maximum 6000m2 (Section 3.8)

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

Safe Zones at 32m spacings from all exits

Compartmentation of maximum 12000m2 with the introduction of an automatic fire suppression system and smoke reservoir above

Scen

Ahere Scen form Ahere form

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 76

Scen

Ahere Scen form Ahere form


Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance. MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place

Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass

Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO A

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)

used draw in cool air Figure for ETFE cushions located Figure 5: 1:20 SectionGiant showingvents manualare breakDRAWING glass to SUBMISSION 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting [CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN MANAGEMENT] point and low level, portable fire escape signage aroundthe all meandering externally at ground level for easy access, located reducing need to routes workof the biomes

and lowTropics level, portable fire escape signage Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the point Humid Biome

Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting at height. located around all meandering routes of the biomes

Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place

Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.

Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage C o n s t r u c t i o n D e s i g n a n d M a n a g e m e nbut t to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required. C as e Study : The E den Proj e c t 2001 Architects: Nicholas Grimshaw & Partners

Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Automatic suppression system:throughout Sprinkler System All fireHeat and emergency systems and devices are located atfirelow level the biome, allowing ea Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects 600mm have on the controlled conditions of 2m the biome escape signs should be mounted above doors and atit would a height of between and 2.5m from floor lev and its vegetation in the case of a false activation Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project,Suspended most emergency fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects lighting at high level, insufficient it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome of providing across whole area of to be practically fixed them around the routes of the biome as there are no wallslightorat pedestrian floorslevelfor signage and its vegetation in the case of a false activation biome due to vegetation obstruction

Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient

Steel nodes required for when external maintenance

of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of heightinstalled cannot be avoidedin to allow for access According to the regulations, escape lighting shouldatscaffolding be allfixing protected zones and in unprote biome due to vegetation obstruction and abseilers 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have eme Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access testingscaffolding and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a and abseilers gency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for m

Fire And Rescue Service Access (Supplementary Annexe 14.1) states that because the building footprint is larger than 900m2, vehicle access would be required from more than one elevation for ladders and hydraulic platforms to be used, and to enable pumping appliances to supply water and equipment for fire-fighting and rescue activities. However due to the Eden project’s

unusual in abe former quarry, under standard regulations for Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors thatsetting would required access from all elevations was not fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 possible and instead pedestrian access

Figure 7 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1

for Fire and Rescue Service personnel was required, consisting of paved footpaths at least 900mm wide to all principal entrances of the building (Figure 1). This provides safe access for Fire and Rescue Service Personnel at low level without the need for access tunnels.

Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.

Each heat detector has a 5.3m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 7.6m grid is required.

Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting

Figure 2: Cast Steel Nodes on Exterior Facade (Above)

Where maintenance at height cannot be avoided, this steel node at the points where the cladding hexagons connect allows secure fixing for access scaffolding and abseiling equipment for maintenance.

Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement

Cherry pickers require clear and level ground to operate on which is impractical within areas of dense vegetation and on steeply sloping surfaces - scaffold platforms would be an additional requirement

Figure 3: Low Level Ventilation System (Right)

Giant vents are used to draw in cool air for ETFE cushions located externally at ground level for easy access, reducing the need to work at height.

Figure 1 : 1:2000 Site Plan Indicating Fire and Rescue Service Access into the Humid Tropics Biome

Cherry pickers and abseiling equipment required to maintain all fire suppression and detection systems as well as emergency lighting

All fire and emergency systems and devices are located at low level throughout the biome, allowing easy access for maintenance and cleaning. The regulations state that fire escape signs should be mounted above doors and at a height of between 2m and 2.5m from floor level. Signs on doors and walls should be between 1.7 and 2m from floor level (Section 13.11). However at the Eden Project, most fire exit signage is situated at just 1.2m from floor level and mounted on large tyres to enable staff to easily position them around the routes of the biome as there are no walls or floors for signage to be practically fixed to. According to the regulations, escape lighting should be installed in all protected zones and in unprotected zones in all parts of the building with a storey height of more than 18m and in accordance with BS5266 and BS EN 1838. As it is not reasonably practical to have emergency lighting attached to the ceiling of the biomes due to difficulty of testing and maintaining all the fixtures as well as the inability to provide the adequate lux level at a pedestrian level beneath the canopy of the vegetation, low level emergency lighting is provided along all routes throughout the biomes, thus enabling ease and safety for maintenance workers.

Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heat detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 Figure 9 : Section of Humid Tropics Biome fixing under of heatstandard and smoke detectors that would be required under Figure 8 : 1:1000 Plan indicating the frequency of heatindicating detectors the thatfrequency would beand required regulations for fire standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 [impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately] alarm systems according to BS 5839-1

Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire and safety systems currently in place

Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system

Heat Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm

Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction

Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass point and low level, portable fire escape signage

Automatic fire suppression system - sprinkler system Suspended Emergency Lighting at high level, insufficient

of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of of heat and smoke detectors that Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing biome dueand to vegetation obstruction Figure 5: 1:20 Section showing manual break glass Figure 4 : 1:50 Section of Shamba Hut indicating the various forms of fire safety systems currently in place would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 point and low level, portable fire escape signage

According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire

Figure 9 : 1:1000 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of heat and smoke detectors that would be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1

According to these regulations, smoke and heat detectors are to sit at a maximum of 600mm from ceiling height, thus making them impossible GENERAL CRITERIA and dangerous to maintain and unable to perform adequately due to the vast distance between them and the potential source of fire

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics Biome indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would Figure 6: 1:5 Section of low level emergency lighting be required regulations fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 and its implications on the locatedunder around standard all meandering routes of thefor biomes maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome

Figure 10 : 1:100 Section of Humid Tropics indicating the frequency and fixing of fire safety systems that would EachBiome smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage Smoke Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of 600mm and its implications on the be required under standard regulations for fire alarm systems according to BS 5839-1 but to avoid blind spots a 10.6mHeatgrid is required. maintenance workers and internal conditions at the biome Detectors offset from ceiling at a maximum of

Each smoke detector has a 7.5m radius coverage but to avoid blind spots a 10.6m grid is required.

Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17

ATTRIBUTES

600mm

Automatic fire suppression system: Sprinkler System Impractical due to height and the potential adverse effects it would have on the controlled conditions of the biome and its vegetation in the case of a false activation

Faith Wood & Rachel Leatherbarrow MArch 2 : 2016/17

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

Suspended emergency lighting at high level, insufficient of providing light at pedestrian level across whole area of biome due to vegetation obstruction

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

Steel nodes required for when external maintenance at height cannot be avoided to allow fixing for access scaffolding and abseilers

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 77


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DECONSTRUCTION DEVELOPING ELEMENTS RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION

THE BIG ROOF STUDIO - STUDIO B COURSE SUMMARY: The project developed in the first semester put forward a spatial strategy for forms of inhabitation and interiorization on the site of Cardross. Studio B will look into specific features of these projects and will develop them, especially taking into account structural and environmental aspects. The “big roof” designed in studio G will be analysed in order to critically recognize and choose the architectural elements of the project that are able to define and materialize the interior. These elements (the roof / the façade) will be studied in greater detail in their structural and environmental aspects. Rather than seeing the first semester project as a finished product, the cycles of de-construction— reflection on—alteration—re-assemblage of architectural elements will help to re-open the design process, making the project more aware of its own potential and able to address new sets of questions, sharpening its architectural identity where technical and conceptual standpoints will have to meet. The studio process can be divided into three parts, or scenes, that follow semester: scene 1 – project deconstruction scene 2 – developing elements scene 3– re-contextualization. The structural and environmental studies have to address and develop the themes that the first semester work raised: how does the project define the Big Roof? which are the material/tectonic features that define strategy of interiorization?

LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 – A sophisticated approach to the programmatic organization, arrangement and structuring of a complex architectural assemblage in a loaded contextual situation (eg. the built, social, historical, technological, urban and environmental contexts). LO2 – A knowledge of how to develop the structural, constructional, material, environmental and legislative aspects of a complex building to a high degree of resolution, with reference to discussions with a team of specialised consultants.

PHOTO BY NIKI MICHAEL, ST PETER’S SEMINARY AT CARDROSS, 2016

LO3 – An understanding of issues relating to the questions of sustainability, and its concomitant architectural, technological, environmental and urban strategies. LO4 – A critical understanding of, and ability to present complex design proposals through appropriate forms of representation (eg. verbal, drawing, modelling, photography, film, computer, installation, performance and workshop techniques).

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 78


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DE-CONSTRUCTING

SITUATING THE ENQUIRY CATALOGUING OF PRE-FABRICATED SEMINARY ELEMENTS

Teaching block

External stair core

Kitchen Block

Sisters’ Common room & Refectory

Convent

Prayer Chapels

RUINATION TIMELINE

1990 Former Seminary before the demolition of Kilmahew House.

1998 Kilmahew House is demolished and the 1966 complex thus decapitated

2016 Nature has Reclaimed the footprint of the old Kilmahew House.

ST PETER’S PRESENT STAGE OF ‘RUIN-ATION‘

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 79


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DE-CONSTRUCTING

SITUATING THE ENQUIRY

REMAINING ELEMENTS:

i. Kilimahew Estate ii Territorial Climates iii. St Peters

Seminary main block RELOCATION ELEMENTS

Concrete plinth

QUARRYING OF THE SEMINARY The existing ruin prevents the majority of south light from reaching the central recreation space. In order to open up the courtyard to receive solar gains, the massing is re-configured to form a quadrangle which opens to the south. Pre-fabricated elements of the seminary are quarried from the ruin and re-programmed across the site as climatic devices.

REMAINING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS The Main building and concrete plinth, are the only elements which remain in thier original location. The ruin is partially de-constructed and stabilized in various degrees of ‘ruin-ness’, to be conceptualised as part of the landscape.

fig. 6 former bedroom cell for trainee Priests

fig.7 former Refectory

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 80


1 :

MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

2 0 0

DESIGN STUDIO G

DESIGN STUDIO B

AMPL

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

IV. TESTING THE ENQUIRY [MESO] I. SITE STRATEGY II. INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES

PHASE I - THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY PHASE I The Knowledge Repository

I

PHASE I I Plant Science & Research Centre

II

.

Conceptualised as part of the sensory landscape the ruin of St. Peters is reconditioned through a sequence of parasitic insertions and enveloping. To create an array of habitable mircoclimates. Wrapping the seminary in a S e are e d weatherproofing envelope interiors free to recondition the seminary’s existing fabric

S e e d

V a u l t

a n d 1 :

V a u l t

L i v i n g

a n d 1 :

L i v i n g

W i n g

2 0 0

W i n g

2 0 0

PHASE III Gin Distillery

III

PHASE IV Observatory & Weather station

IV

Having established methods of inertioirsation. This section of the report outlines the detailed proposal for the Climate Repository, the largest assembly and most complex architectural assemblage within the master-plan, which appropriates the seminary plinth and ruin. Developing upon the ideas tested in the previous chapter. The Repository can be read as a series of individual building components contained within an adaptive envelope which is able to manipulate the interior micro climates. Facilitating a multitude of thermal conditions into which the programme of a Seed Vault, Growing Chambers, Archive, Laboratory, Library, Exhibition space, Offices and Residential Units incorporated.

DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION THROUGH SEMI-CONDITIONED SEMINARY

S c h o l a r s

GENERAL CRITERIA

o f f i c e s

a n d 1 :

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

c o n d i t i o n e d

ATTRIBUTES

g a l l e r y

1 0 0

2.1 S c h o l a r s

o f f i c e s

a n d 1 :

c o n d i t i o n e d 1 0 0

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

g a l l e r y

page 81


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

M a n u s c r i p t

L i b r a r y 1 :

a n d

C o u r t y a r d

2 0 0

DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION THROUGH MANUSCRIPT ARCHIVE & COURTYARD

M a n u s c r i p t

INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES

L i b r a r y 1 :

The use of water is integrated into the plinth as a cooling device. A layered interior created a stable climate for precious manuscripts.

M a n u s c r i p t

L i b r a r y 1 :

a n d

a n d

C o u r t y a r d

2 0 0

C o u r t y a r d

2 0 0

M a n u s c r i p t

L i b r a r y 1 :

a n d

C o u r t y a r d

2 0 0

DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION THROUGH EXHIBITION SPACES AND REFECTORY

S e e d

GENERAL CRITERIA

V a u l t

a n d 1 :

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

L i v i n g

W i n g

ATTRIBUTES

2 0 0

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 82 S e e d

V a u l t

a n d

L i v i n g

W i n g


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

KEY 1. Conditioned Event Space 2. Courtyard 3. Entrance Hall 4. Archive Cabinet Hall 5. Laboratory 6. Clean Room 7. Archive Depository 9. Manuscript Cabinet 10. Study areas 11. Seminar Room 12. Reception 13. Sauna 14. Canteen 15. Kitchen 16. Servery 17. Store 18. Gardening Room 19. Green House 21. Terraces 22. Entrance Foyer

SECOND FLOOR SCALE 1:500

THIRD FLOOR SCALE 1:500

SITE PLAN

ROOF PLAN SCALE 1:500

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 83


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [MACRO] I. BUILDING COMPONENTS

LIBRARY

SEMINARY RE-OCCUPATION

RESIDENTIAL WING

GROWING CHAMBER

MANUSCRIPT TOWER SCHOLARS OFFICES

GLASS CURTAIN WALL

SERVICE PODS:

ACCOMMODATION X21 UNITS

EXHIBITION GALLERY CORE MEETING ROOMS SEED VAULT

Exhibition galleries appropriate the voids, whilst the laboratory and growing chambers plug-in to the existing floor plates.

CORE Two reinforced in-situ concrete walls support the residential units. Their thermal mass functions as a trombe wall to the west facing growing atrium the space in-between host a series of fully conditioned interiors which serve as the refectory at ground level and communal breakout spaces above. ACCOMMODATION X21 UNITS Pre-fabricated single dwelling units accommodate the scholars and researches working within the climate repository. Each Unit is accessed via their individual balconies which puncture through the trombe wall into the growing atrium

An in-situ concrete book tower - encased by a glass curtain wall, houses the repository ‘s collection of precious manuscripts and botanical drawings. Two mezzanine levels supported on glulam piloti 400/400 at 5m centres wrap around the central atrium hosting the book tower.

Climate controlled exhibition cases allow artefacts to be displayed within the ruin without having to insulate the entire exhibition space.

Less light sensitive archive material is displayed on the ground floor, with the first and second stories accommodating open plan reading and study spaces. The third floor serves as flexible exhibition and event space, which cantilevers over the book tower to provide shading from the translucent roof

Cool storage [seed vault] is programmed in the deepest part of the building at lower level, where the climate is most stable and naturally cooler.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 84


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

CATALOGUE OF BUILDING COMPONENTS

SECONDARY STRUCTURE: - Lateral bracing 60/280 mm la minated softwood rails.

TERTIARY STRUCTURE:

- 12 mm steel rods fixed to softwood rails

CLADDING

40 mm polycarbonate hollow cellular slab 900 mm wide and full height of building; -FIXING MECHANISM: Smooth-pressed aluminium fixing clip.

.

CIRCULATION

ADAPTIVE POLYCARBONATE ENVELOPE

Utilising the seminary’s existing circulation

Operates as a sheltering & lighting device

PRIMARY STRUCTURE - Glulam frame columns 120/400 mm lam at 5m centres. - Tapered beam, Pin joint connections - 16 nailed connector plate with reinforced openings. - Concrete Pad footings screwed into seminary concrete plinth

UNFOLDED ELEVATION

VARYING FACADE TREATMENT DEPENDENT ON ORIENTATION

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 85


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

TRANSLATION OF DEVICES: ADAPTIVE POLYCARBONATE ENVELOPE

CLEAR ACYCLIC PANELS ALLOW DIRECT SUNLIGHT THROUGH THE POLYCARBONATE TO THE ENVELOPE

ROOF OPENINGS: AUTOMATED SLIDING TRACK POLYCARBONATE

AUTOMATED SLIDING POLYCARBONATE PANEL SYSTEM TO ALLOW VENTILATION & VISUAL CONNECTIONS TO THE LANDSCAPE

EAST COURTYARD FACADE: AUTOMATED PIVOT POLYCARBONATE PANELS SYSTEM

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 86


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting

TRANSLATION OF DEVICES INTO ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS

PLINTH :

DEVICE DESCRIPTION:

Applying the principals derived from the thesis residential assembly the plinth is reconfigured as a courtyard typology, punctuated by a series of cores within a larger porous interior.

A Network of ground source heat pumps articulated as Thermal cores, varying in scale and materiality from concrete to rammed earth providing heat sources around the site for habitation at a variety of scales

A split level is added to the existing plinth, in reference to classical monument typology. This new level is accessed by two concrete ramps either side of the seminary. An external stair serves as an outdoor auditorium and informal gathering space taking advantage of its south facing orientation.

LOWER GROUND MOVEMENT STUDY

GROUND LEVEL MOVEMENT STUDY

FIRST FLOOR L MOVEMENT STUDY

Vertical Assembly - Heat Shaî„— / Terrace Relationship

PROTOTYPE: THERMAL CORES

LOWER GROUND

SEED VAULT & EXHIBITION SPACE

FIRST FLOOR OFFICES / LIBRARY/ RESIDENTIAL WING

MANIFESTATION: TROMBE WALL RESIDENTIAL WING PLAN SCALE 1:200

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 87


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

INTEGRATION OF LANDSCAPE CLIMATIC DEVICES

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 88


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DECONSTRUCTION

INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting

17 °C

FROM TOP LEFT TO BOTTOM RIGHT: i. Library interior ii. Seminary circulation space iii. Growing Atrium iv. Refectory v. Exterior

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 89


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DECONSTRUCTION

IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Building Components ii. Translation of Devices iii Climatic Mapping

23 °C

17 °C

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 90


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DECONSTRUCTION

IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Building Components ii. Translation of Devices iii Climatic Mapping

WINTER SOLSTICE

SUMMER SOLSTICE

[SHADOW AND THERMAL MAPPING]

[SHADOW AND THERMAL MAPPING]

MANUSCRIPT LIBRARY - THERMAL MAPPING

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 91


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

VI. INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting

RESIDENTIAL WING ELEVATION

REFECTORY

LIBRARY STUDY SPACE

The following pages considers the Climate Repository at a Micro-scale. The building is explored through the user experiences of the ‘Knowledge worker’, considering the spaces they will occupy and the architecture material and haptic quality. The study shifts across three scales of spaces: Individual knowledge spaces / Collective knowledge spaces/ Exhibition spaces. These interiors are enveloped by the seminary ruin and polycarbonate skin. This chapter also introduces the enviromental structural strategies which inform the quality of these interiors.

SEED VAULT LABORATORY

THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY - INHABITED SECTION

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 92


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] JOINT CONNECTIONS

Resin Anchor Bolts

Timber Beam Metal fixing plate Pre-cast concrete seminary slab

CONNECTION DETAIL

GLULAM FRAME POLYCARBONATE

WEST ELEVATION FACADE DETAIL GROWING ATRIUM

SUSPENDED WALKWAY CONNECTION DETAIL

GLULAM FRAME PIN JOINT CONNECTION DETAIL

FACADE CONNECTION TO EXISTING SEMINARY

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 93


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting

REINFORCED GLASS FIN LAB SPACE : SERVICE&EXTRACT

CONNECTION DETAIL: FRAME-LESS GLASS WALKWAY

CONCRETE SEMINARY

JUNCTION DETAIL: SEMINARY FLOOR PLATE TO GLAZED WALKWAY

LAB SPACE

SEMINARY CONNECTION DETAIL

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 94


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 95


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] GROWING ATRIUM / RESIDENTIAL UNITS / REFECTORY - ENVIRONMENTAL SECTION

ENVIROMENTAL SECTION [ORIGINAL SCALE 1:50] KEY

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 96


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] REAPPROPRIATION OF ST PETERS: SCHOLARS OFFICES/ GALLERY / SEED VAULTS

ENVIROMENTAL SECTION [ORIGINAL SCALE 1:50] KEY

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 97


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DEVELOPING ELEMENTS

CONSTRUCTION DETAILS [ORIGINAL SCALE 1:20]

BALCONY CONSTRUCTION: Handrail: Steel flat bar 4.5x32 Baluster: steel rod 13mm dia. 100mm Bent steel plate Faux beam 120x300 FRP grating Steel I-beam 125x60 Angle brace 90x90

ROOF CONSTRUCTION: Zinc capping to polycarbonate 40mm Polycarbonate panelling 45x45 timbering batting S/W Timber beam 150x50 Steel fixing plate - resin anchor bolt to existing seminary.

SCHOLAR OFFICE: CEILING CONSTRUCTION 75mm rock wool insulation 75x100 timber studs 25mm Oak panelling

UNIT [PRE-FABRICATED OFF-SITE] ROOF CONSTRUCTION:

WALL CONSTRUCTION 75mm rock wool insulation 75x100 timber studs 25mm Oak panelling

30mm three ply laminated sheeting 160mm thermal insulation 22mm boarding 12.5 gypsum fibre board

FLOOR CONSTRUCTION 10mm Clear epoxy resin finish 50mm concrete screed inlayed wet heated floor system. 50mm rigid insulation Existing seminary concrete floor

DOUBLE GLAZED SLIDING DOOR PAINTED TIMBER FRAME

FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: 40mm softwood boarding, bleached and oiled white 50mm impact sound insulation between wooden battens 100mm reinforced concrete slab 30mm three ply laminated sheeting 12.5 mm gypsum fibreboard.

WALKWAY FRP grating fixed to steel c sections

WALL CONSTRUCTION 500mm in-situ cast concrete 75mm Rigid board insulation between studs 12.5mm plasterboard tapped and skimmed to receive paint finish.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA

DETAIL THROUGH RESIDENTIAL WING

1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 98


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION

THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 99


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION

INHABITING THE INTERIOR

1: 200 MODEL

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 100


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION

INHABITING THE INTERIOR

1: 200 MODEL

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 101


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION - INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES MASTERPLAN MODEL 1: 1500

INTERVENTION LAYER IMPOSED ON THE LANDSCAPE

MICRO-CLIMATE -TERRAIN

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 102


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION INTERIORISATION STRATEGIES SITE PLAN

PHASE I The Climate Repository

PHASE I I PHASE V

Plant Science & Climate Research Centre

Residential assemblies

PHASE III Gin Distillery

PHASE IV Observatory & Weather station

SITE PLAN CLIMATIC DEVICES KEY:

CAMPUS MASTERPLAN - PHASING STRATEDGY

SITE PLAN 1:5000

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 103


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

RE-CONTEXTUALIZATION

PROPOSITION The Climate Research campus

is considered as

five phased master-plan. The Estates rich

horticultural history and micro-climate informs the campus’ program which appropriates the climatic devices scattered across the site. Programme is fragmented

to utilise climatic variations:

- Distillery - utilises the river heating and cooling - The Research Centre- utilised steep terrain of the hillside to carve out accomodation - The Observatory- the highest vantage point of the site provides a natural position for looking outwards. - Residential assemblies - use the shelter of the woodland to provide additional accommodation for knowledge workers -The Climate Repository - utilises the existing seminary as a seed vault

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 104


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO G

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DECONSTRUCTION

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

7.1

8.1

9.1

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

2.1

2.3

2.5 page 105


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

DESIGN REPORT

COURSE OVERVIEW In architectural practice situations (competitions, project tenders, planning applications etc.) a design report is often constructed to introduce and document architectural designs. Audiences for a Design Report include both those architects and other specialists in the discipline interested in the design, how it works, how it came into being, and how effective it is, as well as those in the wider context of commissioning, public approvals, legislation and project implementation connected with the application and effectiveness of the design. This Design Report sets out the research and design development undertaken throughout the design studios G&B, incorporating images including the key representations of the project itself. The design report should allow the reader to follow the study process, allowing an understanding of the material examined, decisions taken, etc. The report is an academic document and is fully referenced as such, observing all relevant protocols as set out in the briefing materials issued, at the same time it is also itself a designed object. OBJECTIVES: 1. Critically appraise and argue the rationale of a design proposal using text and image in the context of a printed report. 2. Demonstrate ability to analytically and logically synthesise documentation which encompasses a range of architectural issues, research and design development undertaken, individual study progress and key project representations. 3. Develop skills in the communication of architectural design proposals, through sophisticated visual and textual synthesis and consideration of reception. [BREIF EXTRACT]

LEARNING OUTCOMES LO1 - The ability to communicate, critically appraise and argue the rationale of a design proposal using text and image in the context of a printed report. LO2 - Demonstration, through architectural design, of the integration of knowledge in architectural theory, technological and environmental strategies, and an understanding of architecture’s professional and economic context. LO3 - The development of transferable skills and techniques through the preparation of a sophisticated graphic document.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 106


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN REPORT

DESIGN STUDIO B

9

CONTENTS I. OPENING THE ENQUIRY [micro] i. The thermal landscapes ii. The dwelling unit [ design incubator ] SYNOPSIS

p.5 II. SITUATING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Kilimahew Estate ii. St Peters iii. Territorial Climates

[CONTENTS] PROLOGUE

p.9

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

p.13

PROPOSITION

p.14

ENQUIRY [I-VI]

p.22

EPILOGUE Conclusion + Further

p.138

BIBLIOGRAPHY

p.140

III. POSITIONING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Cataloguing of Devices ii. Recalibrated Landscapes iii. Test Slides IV. TESTING THE ENQUIRY [meso] i. Site strategies ii. Interiorisation Strategies

V. IMPLEMENTING THE ENQUIRY [macro] i. Building Components ii. Translation of Devices iii Climatic Mapping

p.141

IMAGE REFERENCES

VI. INHABITING THE INTERIOR [micro] i Collective knowledge spaces ii Individual knowledge spaces. iii. Exhibiting VII. ARCHITECTURAL MANAGEMENT, PRACTICE & LAW i. Planning consideration ii. Environmental impact iii. Building Regulations iv. Means of Escape & Universal Access v. Procurement & Buildabilitiy

p.22

17

16

PHASE I The Climate Repository

PHASING STRATEDGY

MASTERPLAN

PHASE I I Plant Science & Climate Research Centre

PHASE V Residential assemblies

p.32

PHASE III Gin Distillery

PHASE IV Observatory & Weather station

p.50

PROPOSITION The Climate Research campus is considered as five phased master-plan. The Estates rich horticultural history and micro-climate informs the campus’ program which appropriates the climatic devices scattered across the site. Programme is fragmented to utilise climatic variations: - Distillery - utilises the river heating and cooling - The Research Centre- utilised steep terrain of the hillside to carve out accomodation - The Observatory- the highest vantage point of the site provides a natural position for looking outwards. - Residential assemblies - use the shelter of the woodland to provide additional accommodation for knowledge workers -The Climate Repository - utilises the existing seminary as a seed vault

p.60

p.80

23

22

RESIDENTIAL WING ELEVATION

REFECTORY

SEED VAULT LABORATORY

LIBRARY STUDY SPACE

p.100

p.123

PHASE 1 : THE CLIMATE REPOSITORY - INHABITED SECTION

107

106

INHABITING THE INTERIOR JOINT CONNECTIONS

JOINT CONNECTIONS Resin Anchor Bolts

Timber Beam Metal fixing plate Pre-cast concrete seminary slab

CONNECTION DETAIL

GLULAM FRAME POLYCARBONATE

WEST ELEVATION FACADE DETAIL GROWING ATRIUM

SUSPENDED WALKWAY CONNECTION DETAIL

GLULAM FRAME PIN JOINT CONNECTION DETAIL

FACADE CONNECTION TO EXISTING SEMINARY

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 107


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

THE DESIGNED OBJECT

SYNOPSIS This thesis seeks to re-examine the process of knowledge production, through exploring

ruination. The “lost” interior, of St Peter’s Seminary – a masterpiece of Scottish modernist

The synthesis of this investigation is the proposal for the Climate Repository which accommodates

strategies of interiorization, from the territorial scale of landscape to an individual studio.

architecture – designed in the late 1960s by the architects Andrew MacMillan and Isi Metzstein

the two different scales of spaces that concur in the knowledge production process: the

Throughout the discourse a series of ‘big’ interiors are developed which explore inhabitation of

of Gillespie Kidd and Coia serves as both the catalyst to each assemblage, informing the

institutionalized space and the personal living space within a large interior.

both the individual knowledge worker and collective knowledge production.

programme and architectural language.

The enquiry is driven by a design incubator in the form of a dwelling assembly, which uses the

The various microclimates found across the site are manipulated through a series of climatic

the programme of a Seed Vault, Growing Chambers, Archive, Laboratory, Library, Exhibition

principals of thermal comfort to structure living environment with air temperature and humidity

‘devices’ deployed throughout the landscape to maximise or nullify existing climatic conditions-

space, Offices and Residential Units are programmaticly attuned to each micro-climate.

determining the spatial distribution of living and working activities.

creating a heightened sensory landscape into which the programme of a Climate Research

This complex architectural assemblage facilitates a multitude of thermal conditions into which

Campus is integrated.

The Repository semi-appropriates the former Seminary structure providing an alternative future for St Peters, which does not adhere to current visions of the ruins preservation and conversion

Similarly to the way in which knowledge is produced the narrative of this thesis constantly shifts across scales, In order to explore how thermal comfort can be applied as a structuring device

The Campus proposal consists of four phased ‘interiors’: the Climate Repository, a Plant

strategies. Rather than proposing restoration or demolition, the ruin is stabilized in various

not only at the micro-scale of a single dwelling but to the macro-scale of a sensory landscaping.

Science Research Centre, Distillery, Weather Station and Observatory. These Architecture’s are

degrees of ‘ruined-ness’. Conceptualised as part of the landscape it is re-conditioned through a

fragmented to utilise climatic variations across the site creating a series of tightly conditioned

sequence of parasitic insertions and enveloping. The Seminary becomes a climatic device space

micro-climates within a larger interior.

of knowledge production once again.

A series of architectural assemblages are situated within the Kilmahew Estate in Cardross, on the west coast of Scotland. A site with a unique micro-climate and troubled story of architectural

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.4

2.6

2.7

page 108


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

BUILD-ABILITY [ REPORT EXTRACT ] A potential problem to be addressed is that the workmanship and restoration expertise required for the project is far form the typical work and architecture carried out in the local construction industry.

133

132

FIRST FLOOR PLAN MEANS OF ESCAPE

FIRE

A highly trained restoration team will be required to oversea any works to the grade A listed ruin, whilst at the other end of the scale larger firms will need to be contracted to construct and fabricate larger elements such as the glulam frame and conduct on site infrastructural work. It will therefore be important to appoint a contractor with a board knowledge of both these industries. A significant cost of this proposal will be the adaptation to the plinth and excavation and re-conditioning of the ruin. To offset this cost, the vast majority of the design on the north and west wings can be prefabricated in factory conditions and quickly assembled on site. This should inevitably bring the construction time down and consequently reduce cost. The standardization of the structural frame and residential modules should also provide a significant cost saving,

The new primary structure is a glulam frame with the floor slabs and partitions made of prefabricated cross-laminated timber panels. The burn-off rate of glulam is 0.7mm/min and therefore expensive fire protection coatings will not be necessary. As fire behavior of cross-laminated solid timber panels can be strongly influenced by the thickness and the number of layers, panels with superior adhesive and charring performance will be specified Additionally the risk of fire is significantly reduced by the high humidity levels within the growing atriums which will make ignition difficult and impede fire growth rate. In the exhibition spaces with the seminary CHS columns will be coated in an intumescent paint.

Owing to the rural nature of the site, and steep topography, there is only one emergency access route. To cope with this a sprinkler system will be be installed in accordance with BS925_:2005 under code of practice of DD 252:2002. The sprinkler system will be supplied by the rainwater harvesting tanks to help prevent fire spreading within the open plan exhibition spaces.

A Fire detection and fire alarm system alarm system will be fitted in accordance with BS 5839-6:2004 to at least a Grade D Category LD3 standard. This will help alert the users and allow them to escape either to ground level or gain access to the Seminary roof for safety.

SITE PLAN

Single emergency access route.

According to BS 5588 and Regulation 2.11 for Fire in Non-domestic Buildings the maximum travel distance within assembly buildings for a single direction of travel may be no more than 15m, and no more than 32m for more than one direction of travel. Within each wing of the Repository there are multiple exit routes can be found all less than 32m and a fire protected circulation core [ which provides a minimum protection 1hr].

KEY

Fire protected core Open stairwell

A total construction cost is difficult to predict at this stage due to the additional work required by specialist contractors, however a rough estimate may be calculated by taking the total area of both the existing seminary and new wings and applying a cost per square meter:

Escape route

Area of existing building fabric: 8,085m2 Area of new East and North wings: 6,322.5m2 Net area: 14,407.5m2 51

50

Taking a construction cost of £1000 per square meter on the new wings and £1500 per square meter for works carried out to the existing fabric, a rough cost estimate of £12,300,000 for the re-conditioning of the seminary and £6,300,000 for the two new wings providing a total cost of £18,600,000.

SITUATING THE ENQUIRY

REMAINING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS

i. Kilimahew Estate ii Territorial Climates iii. St Peters

The Main building and concrete plinth, are the only elements which remain in thier original location. The ruin is partially de-constructed and stabilized in various degrees of ‘ruin-ness’, to be conceptualised as part of the landscape.

This percentage beak down however does not include any of the fees for the consultants. In addition a quantity surveyor would be needed to provide an in-depth evaluation and cost proposal.

EPILOGUE [ REPORT EXTRACT ] This thesis has sought to find a programmatic and a spatial solution to the Ruin of St Peters and its surrounding Estate. Looking to the future the programmatic variation across the campus ensures the sites viability for the future generations of Knowledge workers. The temporal and adaptable nature of the polycarbonate skin allows for programmatic adaptation in the future. The use of thermal landscapes as a design driver, has been tested and applied throughout the project across a range of scales from the territorial to an individual dwelling unit. The thesis presents a conceptual framework based on micro-climatic readings, transferable to new sites in different climates.

QUARRYING OF THE SEMINARY The existing ruin prevents the majority of south light from reaching the central recreation space. In order to open up the courtyard to receive solar gains, the massing is re-configured to form a quadrangle which opens to the south. Pre-fabricated elements of the seminary are quarried from the ruin and re-programmed across the site as climatic devices.

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

page 109


MArch I

DESIGN STUDIO C

ATR

DESIGN STUDIO D

SC[R] AT

MArch II

DESIGN STUDIO A

AMPL

DESIGN STUDIO B

DESIGN REPORT

BIBLIOGRAPHY [SELECT] BOOKS Allen, Stan. ‘Notations Diagrams: Mapping the Intangible’, in Practice: Architecture, Technique and Representation , 41-67. London: Routledge, 2009. Branzi, Andrea. 2006. Weak and Diffuse Modernity: The World of Projects at the Beginning of the 21st Century. Milan: Skira. Corner, James, ‘The Agency of Mapping’. In Mappings, edited by Dennis Cosgrove, 213-152. London: Reaktion on Books, 1999. Dalí, Salvador. ‘Documentary – Paris 1929 – VI’ (1929). In Oui: The Paranoid-Critical Revolution, edited by Robert Descharnes. Boston: Exact Change, 1998: 106-107. De Boeck, Lieven. Housing.Maastricht: Jan Van Eyck, 2003 (available at www. studiolievendb.com/pdf/H_O_U_S_I_N_G.pdf) Eisenman, Peter. Diagram Diaries . London: Thames & Hudson, 2001. Koolhaas, Rem. Elements. Venice: Marsilio Editori, 2014. Koolhaas, Rem. ‘Preservationon is Overtaking Us.’, New York: Columbia University Press, 2014. Stoppani, Teresa. ‘Altered States of Preservation: Preservation by OMA/AMO’. Future Anterior, vol.III, no. 1 (Summer 2011): 97-109. Pai, Hyungmin. The Portfolio and the Diagram. Boston: MIT Press, 2006. Sandaker, Bjørn Normann, Arne Peter Eggen and Mark Cruvellier. The structural basis of architecture. Abingdon and New York: Routledge, 2011. Tschumi, Bernard. ‘Abstract Mediation and Strategy’, in Architecture and Disjunction, 191-206. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, 1996. Watters,D.M ST Petere’s, Cardross Birth, Death and Renewal Historic Environment Scotland (30 Nov. 2016) ARTICLES Moore, R. [17,01,15], ‘St Peter’s seminary – a second coming for Scotland’s modernist masterpiece?, the guardian’, [Accessed 10.01.17], Available at https:// www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2015/jan/17/st-peters-seminary-glasgowsecond-coming-for-scotlands-modernist-masterpiece. WEB http://heritagehelp.org.uk/planning/heritage-statements [Accessed 10.01.17] http://www.philipperahm.com/data/index.html [Accessed 10.01.17] http://nva.org.uk/ [Accessed 10.01.17] https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/planning-and-environment/find-and-commentplanning-applications [Accessed 10.01.17] IMAGE REFERENCES ALL IMAGES USED ARE THE AUTHOR’S OWN WITH THE EXCEPTION OF: P2- Arial photo of st Peters, SOURCE: Watters,D.M, ST Petere’s, Cardross Birth, Death and Renewal, Historic Environment Scotland [30 Nov. 2016]\ P3- Antonello da Messina, Saint Jerome in his study, c. 1474-75. source: ANON. http://www.leninimports.com/antonello_da_messina.html [Accessed 10.01.17] P124- NVA’s Application for Listed building consent. source: https://www.argyll-bute.gov.uk/planning-and-environment/find-andcomment-planning-applications [Accessed 10.01.17]

ATTRIBUTES

GENERAL CRITERIA 1.1

2.1

3.1

4.1

5.1

6.1

7.1

8.1

9.1

10.1

11.1

1.2

2.2

3.2

4.2

5.2

6.2

7.2

8.2

9.2

10.2

11.2

1.3

2.3

3.3

4.3

5.3

6.3

7.3

8.3

9.3

10.3

11.3

2.1

2.2

2.4

2.6

2.7

page 110


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.